general catalogue

KS

UP

#CE

N26

1010

9 0

1/20

09

For its quality processes management Came Cancelli Automatici is ISO 9001:2000 certified, and for its

environmental management it is ISO 14001 certified. Came designs and

manufactures entirely in Italy.

Made in Italy

PRODOTTI

PRODUCTS

Came

cancelli automatici

s.p.a.

via Martiri della Libertà, 15

Dosson di Casier - Treviso - ITALY

tel. +39 0422.4940

fax +39 0422.4941

www.came.com

The data and information shown in this catalogue are subject to change without the obligation to give prior notice by Came cancelli automatici S.p.A.

CAME CANCELLI AUTOMATICI S.P.A.Treviso - Italy

CAME SUDNapoli - Italy

CAME FRANCEParis - France

CAME AUTOMATISMESMarseille - France

CAME AUTOMATISMOSMadrid - Spain

CAME UNITED KINGDOMNottingham - UK

CAME BELGIUMLessines - Belgium

CAME PORTUGALLisbon - Portugal

CAME Gmbh SeefeldBerlin - Germany

CAME GmbhStuttgart - Germany

CAME AMERICAS AUTOMATIONMiami - USA

CAME GULFDubai - U.A.E.

CAME SHANGHAIShanghai - China

www.came.com

Printed on chlorine free paper

General catalogue

Gen

eral

cat

alog

ue 2

009

ww

w.c

ame.

com

General catalogue 2009

Every time that Came designs and produces a new operator, safety is the prime consideration, through a me-

ticulous analysis of the risks, with internal controls and tests that all the products systematically go through.

Alongside the traditional tests that are carried out during production, Came has introduced the exclusive

automation concept or EN Tested: a definition which means that the products are made and tested in com-

pliance with the strictest European standards relative to impact force, guaranteeing product reliability ready

for certification by the installer on site.

Safety and environment

Made in Italy Quality

For its environmental

management

Came Cancelli Automatici

is ISO 14001.

En Tested:the Camesafety culture.

The Came culture of all-round safety means that besi-

des the traditional tests and controls during production,

the exclusive automation concept or EN Tested system

is applied: two words, a single definition to certify that

Came products are all made and tested in compliance

with the strictest European standards relative to impact

force and they are ready for certification by the installer

on site.

This product is made incompliance with maximum impactforce standards establishedby EN 12445 and EN 12453Technical Regulations.

The safety culture has brought about a design revolution that has led to a completely renewed and improved

product range: the control logics, the motors, the detection systems.

A complex and articulated design path which, besides guaranteeing total safety, has simplified all the instal-

lation, programming and maintenance phases, which means easy, user-friendly wiring systems and control

panels.

EN Tested

Continuously advancing design and planningSafety is not an optional

A series of crossed controls between the operators and

gates made by numerous different European manufac-

turers, to certify that the motors and systems designed

and made by Came give protection against any risk and

guarantee the highest standards.

New electronics, new motors, new protection systems,

new patents and devices to guarantee total safety.

An excellent sales ploy, an added value for the installer’s

work who can always guarantee an exclusive service and

maximum credibility and reliability.

For its environmental

management

Came Cancelli Automatici

is ISO 14001.

This product is made incompliance with maximum impactforce standards establishedby EN 12445 and EN 12453Technical Regulations.

www.came.com

Came always bears the installer’s work in mind and does everything to give more value to their profession

through their unique proposals, reliability and service. The company website has been designed considering

this important aspect so that the web becomes a tool that can be used to give a fast and personalised answer

to the end user’s needs.

Fast, user-friendly, easy to consult with lively impacting graphics, www.came.com is a fast tool to enter the world

of Came safety and automation world.

An indispensable tool

With Came: just one click is enough!The Came worldat your fingertips

One click is enough to discover the Came news, models

and exclusive patents.

www.came.com is much more than just a website it is a

real multilanguage portal that is constantly updated to

give you a simple interactive access to the Came world

and illustrative material: leaflets, brochures and technical

documents that can be downloaded in pdf format. There

is also a wiring guide for all the products and the guide to

European Standards to guarantee a perfect installation.

Visit the www.came.com portal now and register in the

exclusive “reserved area” for trade professionals.

Legend

To make it easier to consult the catalogue, we have created a series of precise symbols to give an immediate

understanding of the main features of the products and applications. Below is a summary of the symbols with

their description and meaning, to help you understand the construction differences and the best way to use the

applications.

A world of automation

Find the ideal solution right away

Reference

Made in compliancewith maximum impactforce standards established by EN12445 and EN12453 Technical Regulations.

Installation

Battery-powered,CORDLESS productwith wireless connection.

PRATICO SYSTEMthe remote control radiorelease system.

Use

Product specificallydesigned forintensive use.

Product specificallydesigned to be usedin industrial settings.

Product specificallydesigned to be usedin residential settings.

Product designed tobe used in apartmentblocks or other hightraffic settings.

Product

New for 2009Exclusive Camepatent.

24V D.C. Gearmotorpowered directly fromthe control panel.

Gearmotor and controlpanel powered by3-phase, 230-400VA.C. line voltage.

Compliant with UL 325 safety standards for both the US and Canada.See our price lists to check availability.

ContentsThe range p.2European standards p.3European standards p.4European standards p.5Feature summary table p.6serie Bx-243 p.8serie Bx p.10serie Bk p.12serie By-3500T p.14

Sliding gate operators p.1

The range p.18European standards p.19European standards p.20European standards p.21serie Frog-J p.22serie Flex p.24serie Amico p.26serie Axo p.28serie Ati p.30serie Krono p.32serie Frog p.34serie Fast p.38serie Ferni p.40 serie Super Frog p.42 serie Control panels Z230 p.44serie Control panels Z24 p.46Feature summary table p.48

Swing gate operators p.17

The range p.52European standards p.53European standards p.54European standards p.55Feature summary table p.56serie Ver p.58serie Emega p.62

p.51Sectional and overhead garage door operators

The range p.68European standards p.69European standards p.70European standards p.71Feature summary table p.72serie Gard p.74serie Gard4 p.78serie Gard8 p.82serie Gard12 p.86

p.67Road barriers

The range p.90European standards p.91European standards p.92European standards p.93Feature summary table p.94serie F4000 p.96serie Cbx p.98

p.89Industrial door operators

The range p.104European standards p.105Feature summary table p.106serie H p.108

p.103Rolling shutter operators

The range p.112European standards p.113European standards p.114 European standards p.115Feature summary table p.116serie Unipark p.118serie Cat p.120

p.111Parking-space savers

The range p.186European standards p.187European standards p.188European standards p.189Automatic parking PS Barcode p.190 PS Token p.196 PS Easy p.202Access control RBM21 p.204 RBM84 p.208Turnstiles Bridge p.214 Twister p.216 Guardian p.218 Wing p.220 Saloon p.222 Compass p.226 Flag p.228 Accessories p.230

p.185Parking systems and access control

The range p.162European standards p.163European standards p.164 European standards p.165Automatic swing doors Fly p.166Automatic sliding doors Corsa and Rodeo p.168Accessories for automatic doors Accessories p.174Panic-proof breakaway systems Mi p.178Profiles for doors S20 p.180 S40 p.182

p.161Automatic swing and sliding doors

The range p.236Sliding gate operators Bx-243 U9615 p.238 Bx-243 U9651 p.239 Bx-74 U2914 p.240 Bx-74 U2915 p.241Swing gate operators Ati U7124 p.242 Ati U7125 p.243 Krono U1481 p.244 Krono U1482 p.245 Flex U8600 p.246 Flex U8722 p.247 Fast U1895 p.248 Fast U1888 p.249 Ferni U1263 p.250 Ferni U1264 p.251 Frog-J U1315 p.252 Frog-J U1332 p.253Sectional and overhead garage doors Emega U5074 p.254 Emega U5075 p.255 Ver U4483 p.256 Ver U4484 p.257 Ver U4510 p.258 Ver U4511 p.259Remote control radio command RE432 - RBE42 - RBM4MT TRA 03 - 08 - 10 p.260Complete command for rolling shutters ZR24 TRA 04 p.261

p.235Complete system kits

The range p.124Home automation Wave p.128 Control accessories Set p.130 Digital p.132 Safety accessories Kiaro p.134 Df p.136 Doc - Dir p.138 Db p.140 Db + Df p.142 Remote control radio command Atomo 433,92 MHz p.144 Tam 433,92 MHz p.146 Tfm 30,900 MHz p.148 Top 433,92 MHz p.150 Top 868,35 MHz p.152 Top 30,900 MHz p.154 Touch 40,685 MHz p.156 Twin 433,92 MHz p.158

p.123Accessories

2009 news

New Amico FROG-AE & ZM3E

Amico, the electromechanical operator for swing gates up

to 2.2 m / 7,2 ft wide is now available in the new 230V

version.

The 230V technology improves the installation with top-

most performance given by the available functions; it is

very easy to connect to the control panel.

Frog is available in the 230V Frog-AE version which, when

combined with the ZM3E multifunction control panel, with

signal display, safety device self-diagnosis system and

built-in radio decoder, gives improved slowing down con-

trol and opening and closing sensitivity adapted to the size

of the gate; smooth, safe and guaranteed movements in

even the most intense working conditions.

The installation conforms to current standards.

Axo is the new Came operator that has been designed for

maximum life and strength, even with very large gates (up

to 3 and 7 m / 10 - 17 ft). The revolutionary 2-end worm-

screw drastically reduces wear on the axle box.

Powerful, strong but with an attractive design: Axo is ideal

in any residential, public or industrial installation.

A complete range of products for any car park needs.

From easy-to-use simple installations through to comple-

te complex ones, for multi-storey car parks and any sort

of user.

The underground operator for swing gates up to 3.5 m /

11,5 ft wide is now available with a special steel under-

ground case (Frog-BN) with cataphoresis anticorrosion

treatment, which guarantees long-lasting strength.

V700E is the electromechanical operator for overhead and

sectional doors, which is now also available in the new 24V

version with encoder.

Encoder technology makes it easier to set the endstops,

and guarantees conformity with current European standards

relative to the maximum impact force generated by the door

movements.

Even with very large overhead and sectional doors are gua-

ranteed smooth, safe movements in any working condi-

tions.

Now available at 230V as well. Optimised functions.

p.26 p.34

New Axo

Ps Parking Systems

Reliable, by nature.

Safe parking.

p.28

p. 221

Swing gates Swing gates

Swing gates

Automatic parking systemsFROG-BN

NEW V700E

Even stronger.

Simple to use and safe movements.

Swing gates

Overhead and sectional doors

p.34

p.58

AA

BB

CC

DD

CC DD

CC DD

CC DD+

+

+

CC

CC DD

CC DD

+

+

BB

AA

CC

CC DD

CC

+

The system’s position and type of command are the most important characteristics to keep in mind, according to

the EN 12445 and EN 12453 European Standards, when determining the exact setup and proper protection devices

to install when it comes to safety. The Standards, in fact, define the minimum technical solutions that need to be

present to make the primary edge safe (the passage zone), for every type of system and usage.

The letters A – B – C – D describe the mandatory devices for each type of system.

Button operated, no self-holdingcommand.

When conditions allow visibility on the system, safety is guaranteed by the operator.

The system works only with automatically reloadingbuttons or selector switches, which, ifreleased, block movement of the automation.

Choosing a “No self-holding” command depends onthe type of use (i.e. whether it is private or public).

“No self-holding”command

The system only works with buttons or selectorswitches that are placed in plain view of the dooror gate.

Any type of command may be used, as long as itis of the impulse type and from a fixed station(Self-holding is not required).

“Visible impulses from fixed station” command

The system works with commands that are placedout-of-sight of the installed automation, and one,single impulse is enough for an entire work cycle(i.e. opening – pause – closing).

Commands which are for public use, such as buttons,radar, transmitters or timed, automatic commands.

“Automatic”command

The system works with commands that areplaced out-of-sight of the installation, such astransmitters, selector switches, buttons, cordlessdigital keypads, etc...

Whoever controls such devices need not be inplain view of the installed system.

“Out-of-sight or Radio remote”command

Commanddefinitions

Definitionsof the solutions

Technical Reference StandardsEN 12445 - EN 12453

A device – placed on the floor to the side of a door or gate – to de-tect the presence of any person or obstacle.

A typical example is the application of infrared beam photocells.

Selector-switch, key or similarly operated, no self-holding com-mand.

Placed right next to the installed system. When conditions allow visibility on the system, safety is guaranteed by the operator.

Limiting the forces in complian-ce with annex A of EN Standard 12453.

Achievable through specific mecha-nical machinery, such as sensitive safety edges, or electronic ones fitted on the gearmotor. Requires testing, in the points pre-determined by the Standards, for compliance with ma-ximum allowed impact forces, using a suitable Came tool.

The safety devices

Users and position + Command = Minimal solutions

Any person is free to activate the auto-mation and said automation comes into contact with the general public.

Example: automation placed in a publicparking lot or in a shopping mall and isfreely used.

FREE usersFREE position

NOTPOSSIBLE


“Visible impulses from fixed station”command


“Automatic” command

A limited group of people is trained toactivate the automation and said auto-mation is located in a public area.

Example: automation placed on a publicstreet and commanded by membersof a family.

TRAINED userspositioned onPUBLIC STREET




“Automatic” command

A limited group of people is trainedto activate the automation and saidautomation is not located in public areas.

Example: automation is placed in privatearea and commanded by companyemployees.

TRAINED users’ positionin PRIVATE andDEMARCATED area



“Out-of-sight or Radio remote”command “Automatic” command

1

Sliding gate operators

Slid

ing

gate

oper

ator

s

A world of safe automation

Bx-243 BX-243 Bx-243C Bx-243C

Bx BX-246

Bk BK-2200TBy-3500T BY-3500T

3

B

C B

E F

DD

EI

A DB L

CC GH

2 3

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

L

Slid

ing

gate

oper

ator

s

Use RESIDENTIAL APARTMENT BLOCKS INDUSTRIAL INTENSIVE USE

Series Model Max weight of gate leaf (Kg / lb) 300 / 660 YES

300 / 660 YESBx BX-74 400 / 880 400 / 880

600 / 1,320 600 / 1,320 600 / 1,320 YESBx BX-P 600 / 1,320 600 / 1,320Bx BX-78 800 / 1,760 600 / 1,320Bx BX-10 800 / 1,760 600 / 1,320Bk BK-800 800 / 1,760 800 / 1,760 800 / 1,760 YESBk BK-1200 1,200 / 2,640 1,200 / 2,640 1,200 / 2,640Bk BK-1200P 1,200 / 2,640 1,200 / 2,640 1,200 / 2,640Bk BKE-1200 1,200 / 2,640 1,200 / 2,640 1,200 / 2,640Bk BK-1800 1,800 / 3,970 1,800 / 3,970 1,800 / 3,970Bk BKE-1800 1,800 / 3,970 1,800 / 3,970 1,800 / 3,970Bk BK-2200 2,200 / 4,850 2,200 / 4,850Bk BKE-2200 2,200 / 4,850 2,200 / 4,850

2,200 / 4,850 2,200 / 4,8503,500 / 7,720 3,500 / 7,720

The models Sliding gate automation is today a very common feature of modern residential or com-

mercial construction. This is due to its user-friendliness and reduced use of space. Came

offers several solutions suitable for small as well as large sliding gates, like those instal-

led in apartment blocks, industrial facilities or high-traffic premises in general. The table

below sums up the complete range of gearmotors for sliding gates depending on their

performance levels, limits to use and suggested application.

The range

230V A.C. 24V D.C. 230-400V A.C. 3-phase

Standard RESIDENTIAL installationTRAINED users and positioned on PUBLIC STREET

The type of normally required command is the “remote control radio command” which is designed to be fitted with the required safety devices; on the so-called “primary edge” (the passage zone) as well as on the “secondary edge”(the zone behind the gate leaf). Current legislation requires the C + D type minimal solutions: employing sensitive safety edges and infraredbeam photocells.

European standardsCompliant with EN12453 and EN12445 safety norms, consult local codes for the norms in other markets.

ImportantIf using EN12445 – EN12453 tested gearmotors and control panels, then sensitive safety edges neednot be installed, provided that the required impact-force measurements are compliant with the parameters dictated by the Standards.

The S9000 cordless model is designed to solve any installation issues when the setting lack prior set ups or where it is difficult to lay cables. The code is protected by millions of combinations, and from an “electronic breach proof” system which prevents the operator to be activated even when breached.

Came’s integrated Db + Df system lets you monitor the passage zone and the area directly behind the sliding gates leaves.The infrared beam technology makes it possible to install sensitive safety edges without needing complicated cabling while eliminating any dan-ger of crushing.

Integrate safety with Db + Df The CORDLESS coded keypad

Standard issueOperator with control panel

TX Infrared photocells

RX Infrared photocells

Integrated protection system with safety sensitive edges

Safety sensitive edge

Flashing light

Antenna

Selector switch (key - code - card)

Gate plate

Rack

Cable length (ft) (m) <10 < 32,8 10 ÷ 20 32,8 - 65,61 20 ÷ 30 65,61- 98,42

Power supply 230V A.C. (120V A.C.) 750W Max 3Gx1,5mm² 3GxAWG15 3Gx1,5mm² 3GxAWG14 3Gx2,5mm² 3GxAWG13

Power supply 230-400V A.C. 3-phase 750W Max 4Gx1,5mm² 4GxAWG15 4Gx1,5mm² 4GxAWG15 4Gx2,5mm² 4GxAWG13

Motor power supply 230V A.C. (120V A.C.) 750W Max 3Gx1,5mm² 3GxAWG15 3Gx1,5mm² 3GxAWG15 3Gx2,5mm² 3GxAWG13

Motor power supply 230-400V A.C. 3-phase 750W Max 4Gx1,5mm² 4GxAWG15 4Gx1,5mm² 4GxAWG15 4Gx2,5mm² 4GxAWG13

Motor power supply 24V D.C 400W Max 2Gx1,5mm² 2GxAWG15 2Gx2,5mm² 2GxAWG13 2Gx2,5mm² 2GxAWG13

Endstop microswitches *n°x0,5mm² n°xAWG20 *nx0,5mm² n°xAWG20 *nx0,5mm² n°xAWG20

Flashing light 24V A.C.-D.C. 25W 2x1mm² 2xAWG17 2x1mm² 2xAWG17 2x1mm² 2xAWG17

Flashing light 230V A.C. (120V A.C.) 25W 2x1,5mm² 2xAWG15 2x1,5mm² 2xAWG15 2x1,5mm² 2xAWG15

TX Photocell 2x0,5mm² 2xAWG20 2x0,5mm² 2xAWG20 2x0,5mm² 2xAWG20

RX Photocell 4x0,5mm² 4xAWG20 4x0,5mm² 4xAWG20 4x0,5mm² 4xAWG20

Electric lock 12V D.C. 2x1mm² 2xAWG17 2x1mm² 2xAWG17 2x1,5mm² 2xAWG15

Electric lock 24V D.C. 2x1mm² 2xAWG17 2x1mm² 2xAWG17 2x1mm² 2xAWG17

Commands *n°x0,5mm² n°xAWG20 *n°x0,5mm² n°xAWG20 *n°x0,5mm² n°xAWG20

Antenna RG58 Max 10m 32,8 ft

*n° = see istruction European standards US standards

EE

H

I

A BB H

F GH

C

C C B

D D DL

B

C B

E F

D

EI

AB L

C GHCB

CB

M

C

4 5

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

L

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

L

M

Slid

ing

gate

oper

ator

s

Cable length (ft) (m) <10 < 32,8 10 ÷ 20 32,8 - 65,61 20 ÷ 30 65,61- 98,42
















Cable length (ft) (m) <10 < 32,8 10 ÷ 20 32,8 - 65,61 20 ÷ 30 65,61- 98,42

















Standard APARTMENT BLOCK installationTRAINED users and positioned in a PUBLIC STREET

Here also, the normally preferred command is the “remote control radio command” which requires fitting safety devices,on both the so-called “primary edge” (the passage zone) and the “secondary edge” (the zone behind the gate leaf).Current legislation requires the C + D type minimal solutions: employing sensitive safety edges and infrared beam photocells.

ImportantIf using EN12445 – EN12453 tested gearmotors and control panels, then sensitive safety edges neednot be installed, provided that the required impact-force measurements are compliant with the parametersdictated by the Standards.

Through the control panels, you can control the auxiliary lighting of the operator’s area of movement. This feature makes it safer and easier to use the vehicle entrance.

Came’s range of sliding gates offers two 24V D.C. models. These gearmotors also run on emergency batteries, so that the gate may al-ways open, even when the power is out.

24V guaranteed opening Better when illuminated!

Standard issueOperator with control panel





Flashing light

Antenna


Gate plate

Rack

Came operators for sliding gates can be con-nected to many access control systems that can identify, memorize and allow entry/exit to authorized personnel. The equipment can be integrated with an access control system for specific departments in a company or servi-ces offered by a high-traffic premises.

The KIAROIN and KIARO24IN can be set to flash after the operator has performed 5,000, 10,000, 20,000 or 50,000 operations.It is an automatic solution for programming the system’s ordinary maintenance schedule.

The assistant flashing light Total entry control

Standard INDUSTRIAL installationTRAINED users and positioned in a PUBLIC STREET

Whenever possible, we suggest using 230-400V 3-phase systems to ensure greater surge during working cycles. It is ideal for large gates such as those used in industrial applications. “Remote radio commands” require indispensable safety devices, on both the “primary edge” (the passage zone) and the “secondary edge” (the zone behind the gate leaf’s movement area). Current legislation requires the C + D type minimal solutions: employing sensitive safety edges and infrared beam photocells.

ImportantIndustrial passages normally see heavy vehicle transit. In such cases it is always advisable to install infrared beamphotocells at two different heights to prevent possible closing of the gate – if vehicles stop in the passage zonewhile loading or unloading.

Operator with control panel





Flashing light

Antenna


Gate plate

Rack

Metal mass detector ground plate-sensor


Standard issue

6 7

Bx-243

Bx-243C

ZN2

BX-74

BX-78

ZBX 74-78

BX-P

ZBX8

BX-246

ZD2

BX-10

ZBX10

BK-800

BK-1200

BK-1800

BK-2200

ZBK

BKE-1200

BKE-1800

BKE-2200

ZBKE

BK-1200P

ZBK8

BK-2200T

BY-3500T

ZT6

ZT6C

Slid

ing

gate

oper

ator

s

Feature summary table

OPERATORS – SERIES

CARD – PANEL

FUNCTIONAL FEATURES

SELF-DIAGNOSIS of active safety devices function

Opening and closing PREFLASHING function

REOPENING during closing function

RECLOSING during opening function

Obstacle STALL function

TOTAL STOP function

PARTIAL STOP of the gate-leaf function

OBSTACLE DETECTION function on photocells

ENCODER operation

MOVEMENT CONTROL and obstacle detection device

AMPEROMETRIC DETECTION function

1 leaf PEDESTRIAN OPENING function

1 leaf PARTIAL OPENING function

TRANSMITTER OPEN ONLY function

Open only button connection function

Close only button connection function

OPEN-STOP-CLOSE-STOP button connection function

OPEN-CLOSE-INVERT button connection function

MAINTAINED ACTION command function

1st leaf DELAYED CLOSING function


IMMEDIATE CLOSING function

EMERGENCY RELEASE function from the transmitter

FLASHING LIGHT connection

CYCLE LAMP connection

COURTESY LAMP connection

Antenna connection

24V ACCESSORIES connections

OPEN WARNING LIGHT connection

CLOSED WARNING LIGHT connection

Contact output for 2nd RADIO CHANNEL

Adjusting RUNNING TIME

EXTRACTABLE, NUMBERED connection terminals

SELF-LEARNING function of the transmitter’s RADIO code

RAM BLOW function to aid the release of the electrolock

Adjustable AUTOMATIC RE-CLOSING TIME function

ELECTROLOCK/ELECTRORELEASE connection output

OPENING AND/OR CLOSING deceleration

EMERGENCY-BATTERY operation (optional)

MASTER-SLAVE operation mode

Adjustable RUNNING SPEED AND DECELERATION function

Warning DISPLAY

Electronic BRAKE

CONTROL and warning led

SELF-LEARNING function of the opening and closing endstops

SAFE

TYCO

MM

AND

FUN

CTIO

NAL

ITY

Sliding gates operators

230V A.C. 24V D.C. 230-400V A.C. 3-phase


NOTE: for BX-10 slow-down speed only

*

298

335

12,5

105

117,

5

149 149 161

212

114

8 9

BX-243 - BX-243C

BX-243 BX-243C

Slid

ing

gate

oper

ator

s

Limits to useModelMax weight of gate leaf (Kg / lb) 300 / 660Max length of gate leaf (m / ft) 8,5 / 27,88

24V D.C.

Tested in compliance with European Legislation.BX-243 is a new complete automation system for sliding gates. An ideal solution for residential instal-lations, this innovative operator has been brought up to EU and international standards for impact forces and meets even the most stringent safety requirements.

Bx-243 leaves of up to 300 Kgleaves of up to 660 lb

Built-in endstops.BX-243 controls the gate run thanks to the built-in en-dstops protected within the gearmotor assembly.

Encoder technology.The encoder constantly and accurately controls the gate leaves’ movement allowing for total safety.

Emergency batteries.BX-243’s 24V electronics automatically detect any lack of power and activate the emergency mode, po-wered by back-up batteries (optional).

24V only

BX-243’s 24V electronics can accept an additional LB90 card which detects any lack of power and activates the battery-powered emergency mode (optional).


Thanks to the testing it has undergone to bring it up to European and standards in terms of the impact forces generated by the gate leaf movement, BX-243 is the product which offers the highest safety Standards for its intended use (EN 12445 - EN 12453).A complete operator, equipped with encoder-based movement control, and the horizontally positioned card.BX-243 is the 24V “solution” for sliding residential gates.

Advantages of Bx-243

Dimensions

Dimensions in millimeters (25,4 mm = 1 in)

Technical featuresType

Protection rating IP54 IP54

Power supply (V) (50/60Hz) 230 A.C. 230 A.C.Motor power supply (V) 24 D.C. 24 D.C.Current draw (A) 7 Max 7 MaxPower (W) 170 170Manoeuvre speed (m/min - ft/s) 12 / 0,66 12 / 0,66Duty cylce (%) Intensive use Intensive useThrust (N) 300 300Operating temperature (°C/°F) -20 ÷ +55 / -4 ÷ +131 -20 ÷ +55 / -4 ÷ +131120V A.C.- 60 Hz PRODUCTS, PLEASE CHECK OUR PRICE LIST 24V D.C

The complete range

Automation system complete with control board, radio decoder, encoder-based movement control and obstacle detection devices. Plus, mechanical endstops for sliding gates of up to 300 Kg / 660 lb. and 8,5 m / 27,88 ft.

Automation system with chain transmission (included) complete with control board, radio decoder, encoder-based movement control and obstacle detection device. Plus, mechanical endstops for sliding gates of up to 300 Kg / 660 lb and 8,5 m / 27,88 ft.

Card for connecting up two 12V - 1.2Ah emergency batteries with rack.

Galvanised chain Ø 5 mm / 0,19 in DIN 766 G 30 type A (Packages of 50 m / 164,04 ft).

Galvanized rack in rolled steel 22 x 22 mm 0,86 x 0,86 in module 4.

Rack in PA6 nylon and fibreglass with steel core 20 x 20 mm 0,78 x 0,78 in module 4, with securing holes and distancers, for sliding gates of up to 300 Kg / 661 lb.

Galvanized rack in rolled steel 30 x 8 mm 1,18 x 0,31 in module 4 with securing holes and distancers.

Complete automation system with 24V D.C. motor - Operators price list -

001BX-243

001BX-243C

Accessories - Accessories price list - 002LB90

009BCAT

- Operators price list -

009CGZ

009CGZP

009CGZS

300

170 130

310

170

22 m

ax

105

240

105

10 11

BX-74 BX-P BX-246 BX-10 BX-78

BX-74 BX-P BX-246 BX-10 BX-78

The complete range

Slid

ing

gate

oper

ator

s

Limits to useModelMax weight of gate leaf (Kg / lb) 400 / 880 600 / 1,320 600 / 1,320 800 / 1,760 800 / 1,760Max length of gate leaf (m / ft) 14 / 45,93 14 / 45,93 18 / 59,05 20 / 65,61 14 / 45,93

230V A.C. 24V D.C.

Technical featuresTypeProtection rating IP54 IP54 IP54 IP54 IP54Power supply (V) (50/60Hz) 230 A.C. 230 A.C. 230 A.C. 230 A.C. 230 A.C.Motor power supply (V) 230 A.C. (50/60 Hz) 230 A.C. (50/60 Hz) 24 D.C. 230 A.C. (50/60 Hz) 230 A.C. (50/60 Hz)Current draw (A) 2,6 2 10 Max 2,4 2,4Power (W) 200 230 400 300 300Manoeuvre speed (m/min - ft/s) 10,5/0,57 17/0,92 6/0,33 ÷12/0,65 10,5/0,57 10,5/0,57Duty cylce (%) 30 30 Intensive use 30 30Thrust (N) 300 600 700 800 800Motor’s thermo-protection (°C/°F) 150/302 150/302 - 150/302 150/302Operating temperature (°C/°F) -20 ÷ +55 / -4 ÷ +131

230V A.C. 24V D.C.


Bx

NOTES: To activate the release device of item 001BX-P you will need a radiofrequency snap-in card of the same series as that required for the automation’s radiocommand (except for AF30 – AF40).

leaves of up to 400 - 600 - 800 Kgleaves of up to 880 - 1,320 - 1,760 lb

A revamped range for sliding gates.The Bx series complies with current safety standards with a range of operators suitable for all sliding gates with gate leaves of up to 800 Kg / 1,764 lb. A complete series to best meet different operatio-nal and safety needs of the market. It features 230V A.C. and 24V D.C. models, for all applications, including high-traffic settings.

The Bx is the solution for automating medium sized sliding gates. Thanks to high levels of efficiency and safety, it is suited for numerous applications, both in residential and apartment block settings. The series also offers four 230V A.C. versions and one 24V D.C. model to be used under intense work loads and is ideal where there are frequent power outages. The control boards are all latest-generation and fitted with all the indispensable commands for a complete system. Needless to say, they can be integrated at any time with any of Came’s safety and command accessories.

Exclusively practical.BX-P is the version featuring the PRATICO SYSTEM – the user-friendly Came PATEN-TED device which, in the event of black-outs releases the gearmotor through the transmitter. No need to search for any keys.

Advantages of Bx

Innovative ZBX10 electronics.BX-10 comes with new elec-tronics – a display on which to program its functions – plus an encoder to manage both decelerations and obstacle detection. The card can also store up to 250 different co-des from the Touch, Top, Ato-mo, Tam, Tfm and Twin series transmitters.

EN TESTED.The BX-246 model, besides having the advantages of 24V systems, is tested according to the parameters set forth by European Standards EN 12445 and EN 12453, as con-cerns compliance with maxi-mum impact forces generated by the gate-leaf during move-ment.

The BX-74 model, is tested according to the parame-ters set forth by European Standards EN 12445 and EN 12453, as concerns compliance with maximum impact forces generated by the gate leaf during movement.

BX-74 is EN TESTED

Dimensions


Complete automation system with 230V A.C. motor - Operators price list -

001BX-74

Complete automation systems with 230V A.C. motor 001BX-78

001BX-10

001BX-P

Complete automation system with 24V D.C. motor

001BX-246

Accessories

001R001

001B4337

- Special operators price list -

009CCT

009CGIU


002LBD2

002RSE - Accessories price list -

009CGZ

009CGZP

009CGZS

Automation system complete with control board, radio decoder, encoder-based mo-vement control and obstacle detection devices. Plus, mechanical endstops for sliding gates of up to 400 Kg / 880 lb.

Automation system complete with control board, radio decoder, encoder-based mo-vement control and obstacle detection devices. Plus, mechanical endstops for sliding gates of up to 800 Kg / 1.760 lb.

Automation system complete with control board featuring function programming display, built-in radio decoder, encoder-based movement control device and obstacle detection for sliding gates of up to 800 Kg / 1.760 lb in weight and 14 m / 45,93 ft in length.

Automation system complete with control board, built-in radio decoder and PRATICO SYSTEM radio release system with a 12V – 1.2 Ah battery for sliding gates of up to 600 Kg / 1.320 lb.

Automation system complete with control board, radio decoder, encoder-based movement control and obstacle detection devices. Plus, mechanical endstops for sliding gates of up to 600 Kg / 1.320 lb. Fitted to take two 12V – 1.2 Ah batteries.

Lock cylinder with DIN key.

Chain transmission device.

1/2 in simple chain for B4337

Joint for 1/2 in chain.

Card for connecting two 12V – 1.2Ah emergency batteries for 12 BX-246.

Synchronised function management card for BX-10

Galvanized rack in rolled steel 22 x 22 mm / 0,86 x 0,86 in module 4.

Rack in PA6 nylon and fibreglass with steel core 20 x 20 mm / 0,78 x 0,78 in module 4, with securing holes and distancers, for sliding gates of up to 300 Kg / 661 lb.

Galvanized rack in rolled steel 30 x 8 mm / 1,18 x 0,31 in module 4 with securing holes and distancers.

BK-800 BK-1200/E BK-1200P BK-1800/E BK-2200/E BK-2200T

BK-800 BK-1200 BK-1200P BK-1800 BK-2200 BK-2200T

BKE-1200 BKE-1800 BKE-2200

325

182,5 142,5

360

170

22 m

ax

105

255

106

12 13

The complete range

Slid

ing

gate

oper

ator

s

Limits to useModelMax weight of gate leaf (Kg / lb) 800 / 1,760 1200 / 2,640 1200 / 2,640 1800 / 3,970 2200 / 4,850 2200 / 4,850Max length of gate leaf (m / ft) 20 / 65,61 20 / 65,61 14 / 45,93 20 / 65,61 20 / 65,61 23 / 75,45ModelMax weight of gate leaf (Kg / lb) 1200 / 2,640 1800 / 3,970 2200 / 4,850Max length of gate leaf (m /ft) 13 / 42,65 13 / 42,65 13 / 42,65

230V A.C. 230-400V A.C. 3-phase

Technical featuresTypeProtection rating IP54 IP54 IP54 IP54 IP54 IP54Power supply (V) (50/60Hz) 230 A.C. 230 A.C. 230 A.C. 230 A.C. 230 A.C. 230-400V A.C. 3-phaseMotor power supply (V) (50/60Hz) 230 A.C. 230 A.C. 230 A.C. 230 A.C. 230 A.C. 230-400V A.C. 3-phaseCurrent draw (A) 4,5 3,3 3,3 4,2 5,1 1,5Power (W) 520 380 380 480 580 600Manoeuvre speed (m/min - ft/s) 10,5/0,57 10,5/0,57 14,5/0,79 10,5/0,57 10,5/0,57 10,5/0,57Duty cylce (%) Intensive use 50 30 50 50 50Thrust (N) 800 850 850 1150 1500 1650Motor’s thermo-protection (°C/°F) 150/302 150/302 150/302 150/302 150/302 150/302Operating temperature (°C/°F) -20 ÷ +55 / -4 ÷ +131120V A.C.- 60 Hz PRODUCTS, PLEASE CHECK OUR PRICE LIST 230V A.C. 230-400V A.C. 3-phase

BkSliding gate operatorsMaximum flexibility and safety.It is designed for automating apartment blocks, indu-strial and collective area sliding gates in general.A product range of a good 9 versions to meet all and any applicative requirements and to automate even gates of considerable weight.

NOTE: To activate the release device of item 001BK-1200P, you will need a radiofrequency snap-in card of the same series as that requiredfor the automation’s radio command (except for AF30 – AF40).

The Bk is the top when it comes to service and safety. When total power, performance and reliability are needed, the Bk 3-phase technology enables the operator to reach its full potential. For example, the “self-diagnostics of the safety circuits” which blocks the system from working if one of the photocells or sensitive edges malfunctions; and the “auxiliary lighting of the driving area”, which is directly controlled by the control board.

Exclusively practical.BK-1200P features the PRA-TICO SYSTEM, an extremely user-friendly Came patented device which replaces the laborious, manual release procedures required during a power outage, and does away with the hassle of sear-ching for the keys.

Advantages of BkEncoder technology.The encoder constantly and safely controls the gate le-aves’ movement allowing for total safety.

Easier and safer operations.Bk can be connected to and control any auxiliary lighting, which turns on each time the gate opens, making it easier and safer to drive in and out.

230-400V3-phase

Dimensions

When you need maximum power and performance, such as in industrial applications, BK-2200T’s tri-phase tech-nology gives the system’s potential a major boost and greater thrust as well as better control of the passive inertia during movement.

leaves of up to 800 - 1,200 - 1,800 - 2,200 Kgleaves of up to 1,760 - 2,640 - 3,970 - 4,850 lb


Complete automation systems with 230V A.C. motor - Operators price list -

001BK-800

001BK-1200

001BK-1200P

001BK-1800

001BK-2200

001BKE-1200

001BKE-1800

001BKE-2200

Automation system with 230-400V A.C. 3-phase - Special operators price list -

001BK-2200T

Control panels for 230-400V A.C. 3-phase operator

002ZT6

002ZT6C

Accessories - Operators price list -

001R001

001B4353

- Special operators price list-

009CCT

009CGIU

- Accessories price list - 009CGZ

009CGZS

009CGZ6

Automation system complete with control board, radio decoder and mechanical en-dstops for sliding gates of up to 800 Kg / 1,760 lb.

Automation system complete with control board, radio decoder and mechanical en-dstops for sliding gates of up to 1,200 Kg / 2,640 lb.

Automation system complete with control board, built-in radio decoder, mechanical endstops and PRA-TICO SYSTEM radio release with a 12V – 1.2 Ah battery for gates weighing up to 1,200 Kg / 2,640 lb.

Automation system complete with control board, radio decoder and mechanical endstops for sliding gates of up to 1,800 Kg / 3,970 lb. Automation system complete with control board, radio decoder and mechanical endstops for sliding gates of up to 2,200 Kg / 4,850 lb with module 6 pinion.

Automation system complete with control board, radio decoder, encoder-based movement control for sliding gates of up to 1,200 Kg / 2,640 lb and 13 m / 42,65 ft.

Automation system complete with control board, radio decoder, encoder-based movement control for sliding gates of up to 1,800 Kg / 3,970 lb and 13 m / 42,65 ft.

Automation system complete with control board, radio decoder, encoder-based movement control for sliding gates of up to 2,200 Kg / 4,850 lb and 13 m / 42,65 ft with module 6 pinion.

Operator with module 6 pinion.

Control panel with built-in radio decoder and self-diagnosing safety devices.

Control panel, complete with safety block and buttons, including a built-in radio decoder and self-diagnosing safety devices.


Chain transmission device.

1/2 in simple chain for B4353



Galvanized rack in rolled steel 30 x 8 mm 1,18 x 0,31 in module 4 with securing holes and spacers.


BY-3500T

BY-3500T

167

240

220

578

240171

25

142

480 295

14 15

Slid

ing

gate

oper

ator

s

Limits to useModelMax weight of gate leaf (Kg / lb) 3,500 / 7,720

230-400V A.C. 3-phase

Technical featuresTypeProtection rating IP54Power supply (V) (50/60Hz) 230-400 A.C. 3-phaseMotor power supply (V) 230-400 A.C. 3-phaseCurrent draw (A) 2Power (W) 750Manoeuvre speed (m/min - ft/s) 10,5/0,57Duty cylce (%) 50Thrust (N) 3,500Motor’s thermo-protection (°C/°F) 150/302Operating temperature (°C/°F) -20 ÷ +55 / -4 ÷ +131120V A.C.- 60 Hz PRODUCTS, PLEASE CHECK OUR PRICE LIST 230-400V A.C. 3-phase


By-3500TSliding gate operatorsComplete power with total safety.The ideal solution for powering exceptionally heavy gate leaves. A state-of-the-art control board provides maximum resistance to wear and total safety By-3500T is the ideal solution for powering exceptio-nally heavy gate leaves of up to 3,500 Kg / 7,720 lb.

leaves of up to 3,500 Kgleaves of up to 7,720 lb

BY-3500T - Came reliability to the maximum power. It is the ideal solution for powering gate leaves of up to 3,500 Kg / 7,720 lb.Besides the normal command and safety functions, the new electronics supplied with the BY-3500T series provides certain special features such as: programming the command for partial opening of the gate leaf, ideal for all entrances lacking a pedestrian gate; safety even when the gate is not moving because each command is overridden if an obstacle is detected by the safety devices and gate.

Total auto-control.Before actually opening or closing the gate, the electroni-cs checks the proper functio-ning of all of the system’s sa-fety devices.

Advantages of By-3500TEasier and safer operations.Came operators can control the auxiliary lighting of the operator’s area of move-ment. This feature makes it safer and easier to use the vehicle entrance.

Extremely sturdy.BY-3500T is the model which mostly extols the characteri-stics of resistance, reliability and power because it goes beyond mere industrial ap-plication.

The 3-phase voltage power supply to the unit ensures intensive service even under the harshest of working conditions such as armoured gates or hangar doors.

3-phase only

Dimensions

Complete automation system with 230-400V 3-phase motor - Special operators price list -

001BY-3500T

Accessories - Accessories price list -

009CGZ6

001BRC15

001BRCP

The complete range

Automation system complete with control board, radio decoder and mechanical endstops for sliding gates of up to 3,500 Kg / 7,720 lb with module 6 pinion.


Power cable collector device for sensitive safety-edges for sliding gates up to 15 m / 49,21 ft in length.

Aluminium profile for extension L = 5.10 m / 16,73 ft to couple with a BRC15. Application example: on 15 m / 49,21 ft sliding gate set up n. 1 BRC15 + n. 3 BRCPs.

16 17

Swing gate operators

Swin

g ga

teop

erat

ors


B C

F

N

E I

A

M G

ALN D O

H

18 19

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

L

M ON

Flex F500Flex F510Amico A1824Frog-J FROG-J

Fast F7024N

Ati A3024N

Axo AX3024

Frog Frog-A24

Ferni F1024

Ati A5024N

Axo AX5024

Super Frog Frog MD/MS

The new Db series’ CORDLESS photocells, are a revolutionary way to install protection, even when not initially planned for. This saves on masonry work. Thanks to repeater modules, Db lets you have ‘full perimeter’ coverage on any automation devices. Db lets you save on com-ponents installed and increase the safety level.

The Df series sensitive edges are exclusively patented by Came. They are entirely deforma-ble along their entire length and have no rigid parts. Df is a unique product, able to absorb every impact and block or invert the gate’s mo-vement.

Safety for the entire premises Certified and patented sensitive edge

Standard RESIDENTIAL installationTRAINED users and positioned on a PUBLIC STREET

The type of command that is usually requested is the “remote control radio command” which needs to be fitted with the required safety devices, on both the so-called “primary edge” (i.e. the passage zone) and the “secondary edge” (the zone behind the gate leaf).Current legislation requires the C + D type minimal solutions: employing sensitive safety edges and infrared beam photocells.

ImportantIf using EN 12445 – EN 12453 tested, gearmotors and control panels, then sensitive safety edges neednot be installed, provided that the required impact-force measurements are compliant with the parametersdictated by the Standards.

The models Swing gates are used in many contexts. With a modern look and refined design, made

of light alloy, steel or cast iron, they can always be automated, thanks to the multitude

of solutions offered by Came. A complete range that comprises no less than 35 models

in either 230V A.C. or 24V D.C., as well as 230-400V 3-phase, to meet all and any ap-

plicative needs. The table sums up the complete range of gearmotors for swing gates

depending on performance levels, limits to use and the suggested application, to help

you quickly choose the product best for you.

The range European standardsCompliant with EN 12453 and EN 12445 safety norms, consult local codes for the norms in other markets.

Standard issueOperators



Electric lock


Flashing light

Antenna


Gate plate

Control panel

Cordless photocells M=TX - N=TX/RX - O=RX

The given diagram is for all operators of Flex - Ferni - Fast series.


Series Model Max width (m / ft)Frog Frog-AV 1,3 / 4,2

1,6 / 5,2 YES1,6 / 5,2 YES1,8 / 6 YES1,8 / 6 YES

Amico A18230 2,2 / 7,22,3 / 7,5 2,3 / 7,5 2,3 / 7,5 YES

Fast F7001 2,3 / 7,5 2,3 / 7,53 / 10 3 / 10 3 / 10 YES

Ati A3000 3 / 10 3 / 10Ati A3100 3 / 10 3 / 10Ati A3006 3 / 10 3 / 10Ati A3106 3 / 10 3 / 10

3 / 10 3 / 10 3 / 10 YESAxo AX302304 3 / 10 3 / 10Krono KR300D-S 3 / 10 3 / 10Krono KR310D-S 3 / 10 3 / 10

3,5 / 11,5 3,5 / 11,5 3,5 / 11,5 YESFrog FROG-A 3,5 / 11,5Frog FROG-AE 3,5 / 11,5Axo AX402306 4 / 13 4 / 13Axo AX412306 4 / 13 4 / 13

4 / 13 4 / 13 4 / 13 YESFerni F1000 4 / 13 4 / 13Ferni F1100 4 / 13 4 / 13

5 / 16 5 / 16 5 / 16 YESAti A5000 5 / 16 5 / 16Ati A5100 5 / 16 5 / 16Ati A5006 5 / 16 5 / 16Ati A5106 5 / 16 5 / 16

5 / 16 5 / 16 5 / 16 YESKrono KR510D-S 5 / 16 5 / 16Axo AX71230 7 / 23 7 / 23

8 / 26 8 / 26

Swin

g ga

teop

erat

ors

230V A.C. 24V D.C. 230-400V A.C. 3-phase

Cable length (ft) (m) <10 < 32,8 10 ÷ 20 32,8 - 65,61 20 ÷ 30 65,61- 98,42
















H

H E E I

C OA A

F G

LD Q Q NN X X

HM

B

20 21

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

L

M O N

Q

X

H

H E E I

CCC CA A

F G

LLD X X

M

BB BB

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

L

X

Standard APARTMENT BLOCK installationTRAINED users and positioned on a PUBLIC STREET

In this applicative context we suggest using 24V D.C. system, to guarantee the highest performance levels and intensive use.Also in this case, the normally preferred command is the “remote radio command” which requires fitting safety devices, on both the so-called “primary edge” (the passage zone) and the “secondary edge” (the zone behind the gate leaf).Current legislation requires the C + D type minimal solutions: employing sensitive safety edges and infrared beam photocells.

ImportantIf using EN 12445 – EN 12453 tested gearmotors and control panels, then sensitive safety edges need not be installed, provided that the required impact-force measurements are compliant with the parameters dictated by the Standards.

The PCT transponder keyfobs, coupled with the TSP01 proximity sensors, lets you open condo-minium gates simply by approaching them to the sensor, which can store up to 250 different keyfobs (or cards). These can also be used to open the door to stairwells or private overhead garage doors.

24V D.C. swing-gate gearmotors, let you ma-nage the movement speed of the gate leaves, obstacle sensitivity and decelerations during the final closing phase, all to provide maxi-mum safety even in collective settings where a high volume of transit requires greater per-formance levels.

24 Volts to adjust speed Open with the keyfob

European standardsCompliant with EN 12453 and EN 12445 safety norms, consult local codes for the norms in other markets.

The given diagram is for all operators of Frog - Frog-J series.Standard issueOperators



Emergency batteries and operation card


Flashing light

Reception antenna


Gate plate

Control panel

Cordless photocells M=TX - N=TX/RX - O=RX

Key release

Shunt box

Swin

g ga

teop

erat

ors

The given diagram is for all operators of Frog - Frog-J series.

Standard INDUSTRIAL installation TRAINED users and positioned on a PUBLIC STREET

In this applicative context we suggest using 24V D.C. system, to guarantee the highest performance levels and intensive use.Also in this case, the normally preferred command is the “remote radio command” which requires fitting safety devices, on both the so-called “primary edge” (the passage zone) and the “secondary edge” (the zone behind the gate leaf).Current legislation requires the C + D type minimal solutions: employing sensitive safety edges and infrared beam photocells.


Standard issueOperators



Emergency batteries and operation card


Flashing light

Reception antenna


Gate plate

Control panel

Shunt box


The Db series’ CORDLESS photocells, are a revolutionary way to install protection.Even, when not initially planned for. This saves on expensive digging and masonry work. Db lets you save on the number of components installed while increasing the level of safety.

The assistant flashing light Safety, quick, everywhere

The KIAROIN and KIARO24IN can be set to falsh after the operator has performed 5,000, 10,000, 20,000 or 50,000 operations. It is an automatic solution for programming the system’s ordinary maintenance schedule.

Cable length (ft) (m) <10 < 32,8 10 ÷ 20 32,8 - 65,61 20 ÷ 30 65,61- 98,42
















Cable length (ft) (m) <10 < 32,8 10 ÷ 20 32,8 - 65,61 20 ÷ 30 65,61- 98,42
















68

412

5585

140

325

85

68

22 23

FROG-J

FROG-J

Frog-J

CONCRETE

FLOORFINISHING

leaves of up to 1,8 mleaves of up to 5,9 ft

Swing gate operatorsJust *85 mm of underground automation!Frog-J is a 24V underground operator for swing gates of up to 1.8 m / 5,9 ft per gate leaf. It is tested in compliance with European Standards on the subject of impact force. This feature makes Frog-J a safe and reliable electro-mechanical system, which may be used even in critical applications such as when kids, physically challenged or non-trainable persons are likely to be found. *(3,34 in)

Came’s latest solution in underground operators even when gates are not originally designed for underground automation. In fact, Frog-J needs very little space. Requiring little, if any masonry work, it adds the advantages of an underground system with no extra cost. The ZL90 latest-generation control panel is fitted with a led-monitored, self-diagnosing function and is designed to be connected to gearmotors by way of a three-conductor cable.

Advantages of Frog-JInnovative double release.It is comfortable, safe, water-proof, and protected by its water sealed door with cu-stomised key. This makes it easy to reach whether you are outside or inside the gate.

Easy connections.With Frog-J you need just one tri-polar cable to connect the gearmotors and to manage endstops.

Encoder technology.The encoder constantly and safely controls the gate lea-ves’ movement allowing for total safety.

Frog-J is a below ground, 24V D.C. automation system which offers all of the advantages that come with wor-king with continuous current. These include, managing the gate run, obstacle detection and emergency bat-teries that can be connected to the system to allow opening even when the power is out.

24V only


Dimensions

Limits to useModel Max width of gate leaf (m / ft) 1,8 / 5,9Max weight of gate leaf (Kg / lb) 200 / 441Max opening of gate leaf (°) 105°

.

The complete range24V D.C. underground operator and control panel - Operators price list -

001FROG-J

002ZL90

Accessories

002LB90

001FROG-JC

001A4617

Operator with encoder.

Control panel for two-leaf swing gates with built-in radio decoder.

Card for connecting up two 12V - 1.2Ah emergency batteries with rack.

Foundation case.

Release group with customized key.

Technical featuresTypeProtection rating IP67Power supply (V) (50/60Hz) 230 A.C.Motor power supply (V) 24 D.C.Current draw (A) 10 MaxPower (W) 24090° opening time (s) AdjustableDuty cylce (%) Intensive useTorque (Nm) 260Operating temperature (°C/°F) -20 ÷ +55 / -4 ÷ +131120V A.C.- 60 Hz PRODUCTS, PLEASE CHECK OUR PRICE LIST 24V D.C.

Swin

g ga

teop

erat

ors

24V D.C

F500 F510

90° 90°

230 100

360

80

85

24 25

F500 - F510

F500 F510

Flex leaves of up to 1,6 mleaves of up to 5,2 ft

Swing gate operatorsYou only need a small pillar, starting from *8 cm in width to operate your gate.Flex, the operator designed for small-leaved swing gates, needs very little space to be installed and fits even when the pillars are right-up against a wall or fence. It is the ideal solution to manage pede-strian passages in residential or condominium settings. *(3,15 in)

Functionality and aesthetics in just 8 cm (3,15 in). Extreme compactness in a simple, versatile product. Flex is also available in the “slide arm” version, when reduced space or lateral wall require such a solution. The electronics in the Flex system accept an add-on emergency battery back-up device for power outages. Batteries are recharged automatically.

Advantages of FlexThe practical straight arm.The standard F510 model comes with a straight tran-smission arm and slide-gui-de for applications where la-teral space is truly minimum such as when the gate is right up against a fence.

Ready-to-use and sensitive.Even the slightest obstacle will trigger the gate stopping function thanks to the ampe-rometric detection device.

Advantages of the 24V D.C. electronics.The control panels of the Flex series connect up with 230V A.C. line current. The gear-motors, however, run on 24V of continuous current to give maximum guarantee of safety to the user.

The Flex series together with the ZL160N control pa-nel constantly controls the gate leaves’ movement al-lowing for safe thrust, and is EU standard EN 12453 and EN 12445 compliant.

Flex is EN TESTED

Dimensions


Limits to useModelMax width of gate leaf (m / ft) 1,6 / 5,2 1,2 / 3,9 0,8 / 2,6Max weight of gate leaf (Kg / lb) 100 / 220 125 / 275 150 / 330

24V D.C.

The complete range24V D.C. external operators and control panel - Operators price list -

001F500

001F510

002ZL160N

24V D.C. control panel

002ZL150N

Accessories

002LB54

001LOCK81

001LOCK82

Reversible operator with articulated transmission arm.

Reversible operator with straight transmission arm and slide guide.

Control panel for one-leaf swing gates with built-in radio decoder and amperometric obstacle detection device.


Card for connecting two 12V – 1.2Ah emergency batteries.

Electric lock with single cylinder.

Electric lock with double cylinder.

Technical featuresTypeProtection rating IP54 IP54Power supply (V) (50/60Hz) 230 A.C. 230 A.C.Motor power supply (V) 24 D.C. 24 D.C.Current draw (A) 2 Max 2 MaxPower (W) 48 4890° opening time (s) 13 9Duty cylce (%) Intensive use Intensive useTorque (Nm) 100 100Operating temperature (°C/°F) -20 ÷ +55 / -4 ÷ +131120V A.C.- 60 Hz PRODUCTS, PLEASE CHECK OUR PRICE LIST 24V D.C.

Swin

g ga

teop

erat

ors

720

A

B

730310

87886

151

26 27

A1824

A18230

A1824 A18230

Amico

C max

Limits to useModelMax width of gate leaf (m / ft) 1 1,5 1,8Max weight of gate leaf (Kg / lb) 250 215 200ModelMax width of gate leaf (m / ft) 1 1,7 2,2Max weight of gate leaf (Kg / lb) 250 225 200

230V A.C. 24V D.C.

Swing gate operatorsSatisfying safety.The guarantee of the highest safety standards with a very attractive and exclusive design.Elegant and harmonious lines, Amico is the electro-mechanical operator for swing gates up to 2.2 m per leaf. Amico means total reliability in any installation and is the ideal choice when top level security is needed (in residential buildings, for example).

The 230V electronic system guarantees hi-tech in-stallations with the best possible performance from all the functions.

Now availableat 230V

leaves of up to 2.2 m leaves of up to 7,2 ft

Amico has an electromechanical gearmotor that is the synthesis of all of Came’s design experience and technology, available in the traditional 24V version and now in the new 230V version.The Amico 24V can be matched to the ZL90 control panel - with led signal self-diagnosis and connection to the gearmotor with a single, 3-wire cable – for installations that conform to current European technical specifica-tions relative to impact force that the moving gate develops. The 230V can be matched to the multifunction ZA3N control panel.

Simplified run adjustment.In the 24V version, once the mechanical endstops are in place, the opening and closing endstops are adjusted auto-matically when the first test movements are made. This setting is final and needs no further adjustment.

Advantages of AmicoPersonalised release.The lock cylinder on the rele-ase device has a three-sided key which can be personali-sed on request, with a reser-ved key cylinder for the client to guarantee even higher se-curity.

Simple connections.A single three- or four-wire cable is sufficient to connect the gearmotors.

Dimensions


The complete rangeExternal 24V D.C. operators and control panel - Operators price list -

001A1824

002ZL90

External 230V A.C. operators and control panel

001A18230

002ZA3N

Accessories for 24V D.C. operator

002LB90

Self-locking operator with encoder.


Self-locking operator.

Multifunction control panel.

Card for connecting n. 2 12V – 1.2Ah emergency batteries.

Technical featuresTypeProtection rating IP44 IP44Power supply (V) (50/60Hz) 230 A.C. 230 A.C.Motor power supply (V) 24 D.C. 230 A.C.Current draw (A) 4 max 1,2Power (W) 100 8090° opening time (s) Adjustable 19Duty cylce (%) Intensive use 50Thrust (N) 400 ÷ 2000 400 ÷ 2000Operating temperature (°C/°F) -20 ÷ +55 / -4 ÷ +131 -20 ÷ +55 / -4 ÷ +131Motor’s thermo-protection (°C/°F) - 150/302120V A.C.- 60 Hz PRODUCTS, PLEASE CHECK OUR PRICE LIST 230V A.C. 24V D.C.

Leaf opening

90°

120°

A

(mm/in)

130/5,11

130/5,11

B

(mm/in)

130/5,11

110/4,33

C max

(mm/in)

60/2,36

50/1,96

Swin

g ga

teop

erat

ors

28 29

AX302304-AX3024

AX402306-AX412306

AX5024

AX71230

AX302304 AX402306-AX412306 AX71230 AX3024 AX5024

LM

A

B

100

162

123

325 - 625*800 - 1100*880 - 1180*

*AX71230 - AX5024

C max

Swing gate operators

Advantages of Axo

Axo When reliability is a matter of principleAxo is the new electromechanical operator designed for long life and utmost safety even with very large gates. The revolutionary 2-end worm-screw drasti-cally reduces wear on the axle box. The impact force developed by the gate movement conforms to current European standards.

Encoder management.The slow-down speed of the 230V A.C. gearmotor is also controlled by encoder tech-nology which keeps the gene-rated force under control as well.

A design to serve technology.Came innovation has desig-ned an excellent versatile bearing structure. The two stems in the versions up to 3 and 7 m per leaf, engage smoothly into a single semi-shell structure.

En Tested safety.Axo technology conforms to the current European standards relative to impact force.

The 24V version is matched to the ZLJ24 control panel with encoder technology to guarantee maximum user safety.The 230V is matched to the ZM3E control panel with function signal display and self-diagnosis of the safety devices connected to the installation.

Total control

The gearmotor has bearing semi-shells in die-cast aluminium of excellentquality and silent running. Axo is equipped with adjustable mechanical stop to memorize the gate run. Available also in the 24V version with the simplified connection system with only one single three-wired cable and with the innovative 230V technology, which gives very efficient and simple control of slowing down movements.

N.B.: * If it is larger than 3 meters, the blocking electric lock must be installed on the leaf.º If it is larger than 5 meters, panels must not be fitted.Attention must be paid when there is strong wind with the reversible versions if the gate is open as it could slam shut.

The complete range

Dimensions

External 230V A.C. operators and control panel - Operators price list -

001AX302304

001AX402306

001AX412306

001AX71230

002ZM3E

24V D.C. external operators and control panel

001AX3024

001AX5024

002ZLJ24

Accessories

002LB180

001LOCK81

001LOCK82

Self-locking operator for gate leaves up to 3 m / 10 ft. (Opening time 90°: 20s)

Self-locking operator for gate leaves up to 4 m / 13 ft. (Opening time 90°: 28s)

Reversible operator for gate leaves up to 4 m / 16 ft. (Opening time 90°: 28s)

Reversible operator for gate leaves up to 7 m / 23 ft. (Opening time 90°: 40s)

Multifunction control panel with signalling display, self-diagnosis of safety devicesand built-in radio decoding

Self-locking operator for gate leaves up to 3 m / 10 ft. (Opening time 90°: adjustable)

Self-locking operator for gate leaves up to 5 m / 16 ft. (Opening time 90°: adjustable)


Card for connecting n. 2 12V - 1,2Ah emergency batteries and battery-support bracket


Electric lock with double cylinder.Limits to useModelMax width of gate leaf (m / ft) 2 2,5 3Max weight of gate leaf (Kg / lb) 800 600 500ModelMax width of gate leaf (m / ft) 2 2,5 3 4*Max weight of gate leaf (Kg / lb) 800 600 500 300ModelMax width of gate leaf (m / ft) 2 2,5 3 4* 5*Max weight of gate leaf (Kg / lb) 1000 800 700 500 400ModelMax width of gate leaf (m / ft) 2 2,5 3 4* 5* 6* º 7* ºMax weight of gate leaf (Kg / lb) 1000 800 700 500 400 350 300

230V A.C. 24V D.C.

Type Opening A B C max LM(mm/in) (mm/in) (mm/in) (mm/in)

AXO 390° 130/5,11 130/5,11 70/2,75 800/31,49

120° 150/5,90 100/3,93 50/1,96 800/31,49AXO 4

90° 130/5,11 130/5,11 70/2,75 800/31,49120° 150/5,90 100/3,93 50/1,96 800/31,49

AXO 590° 200/7,87 220/8,66 150/5,90 1100/43,3

120° 220/8,66 220/8,66 100/3,93 1100/43,3AXO 7

90° 200/7,87 220/8,66 150/5,90 1100/43,3120° 220/8,66 220/8,66 100/3,93 1100/43,3

Technical featuresTypeProtection rating IP44 IP44 IP44 IP44 IP44Power supply (V) (50/60Hz) 230 A.C. 230 A.C. 230 A.C. 230 A.C. 230 A.C.Motor power supply (V) 24 D.C. 230 A.C. 230 A.C. 24 D.C. 24 D.C.Current draw (A) 1,5 1,5 1,5 10 MAX 10 MAXPower (W) 175 175 175 120 12090° opening time (s) 20 28 40 Adjustable AdjustableDuty cylce (%) 50 30 30 Intensive use Intensive useThrust (N) 500 ÷ 4500 500 ÷ 4500 500 ÷ 4500 500 ÷ 4500 500 ÷ 4500Operating temperature (°C/°F) -20 ÷ +55 / -4 ÷ +131Motor’s thermo-protection (°C/°F) 150/302 150/302 150/302 - -120V A.C.- 60 Hz PRODUCTS, PLEASE CHECK OUR PRICE LIST 230V A.C. 24V D.C.


Swin

g ga

teop

erat

ors

leaves of up to 3-4-5 and 7 m leaves of up to 10-13-16 and 23 ft

720 - 920*

A

B

*A5000 - A5100 - A5106 - A5006 - A5024N

793 - 933*

720 - 920*

300 - 500*

88

126

30 31

A3000 - A3100 - A3106 - A3006 - A3024N

A5000 - A5100 - A5106 - A5006 - A5024N

A3000 - A3100 - A3106 - A3006 - A3024N

A5000 - A5100 - A5106 - A5006 - A5024N

A3000 - A3100 / A5000 - A5100 A3006 - A3106 / A5006 - A5106 A3024N - A5024N

C max

AtiSwing gate operatorsSturdy, powerful and electromechanical. Ati is the perfect operator for swing gates of medium to large size. It is powerful and versatile, and does not require a lot of periodic maintenance while expressing Came dependability to the fullest. It can also be used under intense duty conditions such as in apartment blocks, company facilities and collective environments in general.

leaves of up to 3 - 5 m leaves of up to 10 - 16 ft

The 24V D.C. electronics.The ZL180 control panel can be integrated with LB180 card enabling emergency functio-ning through batteries in case of blackouts.The amperometric detection function if needed stops or inverts the direction of motion.

Practical and safe.The gearmotor release, which is protected by a door and lock and key, gives easy ac-cess to the emergency ma-nual opening of the gate.

Next-generation control panels.The new ZM3E control panel is fitted with “self-diagnosis” of their protective devices connected up to the system.

Sturdy, compact and dependable, it is the perfect operator for swing gates of considerable size. All the component parts have a precise function and we have paid maximum attention to detail in order to combine functional and the aesthetic values of this product. It can be used under intense duty condi-tions such as in apartment blocks, company facilities and high-traffic en-vironments in general.A totally reliable automation system, that requires no changes to the gate nor any costly periodic maintenance.

Advantages of Ati

Ati is EN TESTED

The 24V D.C. models together with the dedicated ZL180 panel constantly controls the gate leaves’ movement allowing for safe thrust, and is EU standard compliant.

The complete range230V A.C. external operators - Operators price list -

001A3000

001A3100

001A3006

001A3106

001A5000

001A5100

001A5006

001A5106

230V A.C. control panels

002ZA3N

002ZM3E

24V D.C. external operators and control panel (min gate leaf width = 1.5 m / 4,92 ft)

001A3024N

001A5024N

002ZL180

Accessories

002LB180

001LOCK81

001LOCK82

001D001

001H3000

Self-locking operator for gate leaves of up to 3 m / 10 ft (opening time 90° 19s).

Reversible operator for gate leaves of up to 3 m / 10 ft (opening time 90° 19s).







Multifunction control panel with built-in radior decoder.

Multifunction control panel with signalling display, auto-diagnosis of safety devices and built-in radio decoder.

Self-locking operator for gate leaves of up to 3 m / 10 ft (adjustable 90° opening time).

Self-locking operator for gate leaves of up to 5 m / 16 ft (adjustable 90° opening time).


Card for connecting two 12V – 1.2Ah emergency batteries with rack for ZL180 control panel.


Electric lock with double cylinder.


Safety casing complete with release handle and command button for pull-cord releaseL = 5 m / 16,40 ft.

Dimensions


Type Opening A B C max(mm/in) (mm/in) (mm/in)

90° 130/5,11 130/5,11 60/2,36120° 130/5,11 110/4,33 50/1,96

90° 200/7,87 200/7,87 120/4,72120° 200/7,87 140/5,51 70/2,75

Limits to useModel Max width of gate leaf (m / ft) 3 / 10 2,5 / 8,2 2 / 6,6Max weight of gate leaf (Kg / lb) 400 / 880 600 / 1,330 800 / 1,770Model Max width of gate leaf (m / ft) 5 / 16 4 / 13 3 / 10 2,5 / 8,2 2 / 6,6Max weight of gate leaf (Kg / lb) 400 / 880 500 / 1,100 600 / 1,330 800 / 1,770 1,000 / 2,200

230V A.C. 24V D.C.

Technical featuresTypeProtection rating IP44 IP44 IP44Power supply (V) (50/60Hz) 230 A.C. 230 A.C. 230 A.C.Motor power supply (V) 230 A.C. 50/60 Hz 230 A.C. 50/60 Hz 24 D.C.Current draw (A) 1,2 1,2 10 MaxPower (W) 150 150 12090° opening time (s) 19 / 32 28 / 45 AdjustableDuty cylce (%) 50 50 Intensive UseThrust (N) 400 ÷ 3000 400 ÷ 3000 400 ÷ 3000Operating temperature (°C/°F) -20 ÷ +55 / -4 ÷ +131Motor’s thermo-protection (°C/°F) 150/302 150/302 -120V A.C.- 60 Hz PRODUCTS, PLEASE CHECK OUR PRICE LIST 230V A.C. 24V D.C.

Swin

g ga

teop

erat

ors

A910

B

956 - 1356*

113

194

234

304 - 504**KR510D - KR510S

32 33

Krono

C max

Swing gate operatorsCame great reliability and efficiency.A complete range of swing gate operators in thebest of Came tradition: tough and silent.The ideal solution for prestigious gates integratingharmony, aesthetics and functionality.The extremely sturdy, simple and flexible solution.

leaves of up to 3 - 5 m leaves of up to 10 - 16 ft

Easy adjustments!The endstop micro-switches allow for quick, precise adjustment of the gate lea-ves’ position while opening or closing.

Perfect integration. Its “stem” shape and the special coating make Krono suited to many architectural contexts, even the most de-manding.

New generation control panels.The new ZM3E control panel comes with a display which shows the self-diagnosing functions of any safety devi-ces connected to the sy-stem.

Its special aluminium structure makes Krono the optimal solution, due to its extreme sturdiness and flexibility of application.It comes in two versions, and can be installed on gate leaves of up to 3 and 5 m / 10 and 16 ft.Krono, thanks to its self-locking mechanism maintains blocking during the gate’s closing cycle. It features micro-switches for adjusting the endstops both in opening and closing.

Advantages of Krono

Krono is 230V A.C. gearmotor, which, along with the dedicated, Came control panels, yields state-of-the-art installations thanks to the standard issue technology. It always provides maximum functionality, even for systems installed in residential settings.

230V technology


001KR300D

001KR300S

001KR310D

001KR310S

001KR510D

001KR510S


002ZA3N

002ZM3E

Accessories

001KR001

Right-hand self-locking operator for gate leaves of up to 3 m / 10 ft.

Left-hand self-locking operator for gate leaves of up to 3 m / 10 ft.

Right-hand self-locking operator with built-in gate-leaf stop microswitches, for leaves of up to 3 m / 10 ft.

Left-hand self-locking operator with built-in gate-leaf stop microswitches, for leaves of up to 3 m / 10 ft.

Right-hand self-locking operator with built-in gate-leaf stop microswitches, for leaves of up to 5 m / 16 ft.

Left-hand self-locking operator with built-in gate-leaf stop microswitches, for leaves of up to 5 m / 16 ft.

Multifunction control panel with built-in radio decoder.



Dimensions


Type Opening A B C max(mm/in) (mm/in) (mm/in)

KR300D - KR300S - KR310D - KR310S90° 130/5,11 130/5,11 60/2,36

120° 130/5,11 110/4,33 50/1,96 KR510D - KR510S

90° 200/7,87 200/7,87 120/4,72120° 200/7,87 140/5,51 70/2,75

Limits to useModel KR300D - KR300S - KR310D - KR310SMax width of gate leaf (m / ft) 3 / 10 2,5 / 8,2 2 / 6,6Max weight of gate leaf (Kg / lb) 400 / 880 600 / 1,330 800 / 1,770Model KR510D - KR510SMax width of gate leaf (m / ft) 5 / 16 4 / 13 3 / 10 2,5 / 8,2 2 / 6,6Max weight of gate leaf (Kg / lb) 400 / 880 500 / 1,100 600 / 1,330 800 / 1,770 1,000 / 2,200

230V A.C.

Technical featuresType KR300D - KR300S - KR310D- KR310S KR510D - KR510SProtection rating IP54 IP54Power supply (V) (50/60Hz) 230 A.C. 230 A.C.Motor power supply (V) (50/60 Hz) 230 A.C. 230 A.C.Current draw (A) 1,1 1,1Power (W) 130 13090° opening time (s) 22 34Duty cylce (%) 30 30Thrust (N) 400 ÷ 3000 400 ÷ 3000Operating temperature (°C/°F) -20 ÷ +55 / -4 ÷ +131Motor’s thermo-protection (°C/°F) 150/302 150/302120V A.C.- 60 Hz PRODUCTS, PLEASE CHECK OUR PRICE LIST 230V A.C.

Swin

g ga

teop

erat

ors

405

160

604

330

67

34 35

*Applying an electro-mechanical lock on the gate leaf is advisable

FROG-AV FROG-A - FROG-AE - FROG-A24

FROG-A FROG-AV FROG-AE FROG-A24

Frog

floor

Swing gate operatorsThe fully hidden operator!This is the most advanced synthesis of Came design and research for swing gates. Extremely strong and virtually invisible, Frog has no impact on the appearance of the gate and is perfect for any sort of installation, even on public buildings.

The complete range230V A.C. underground operators - Operators price list - 001FROG-A

001FROG-AV


002ZA3N

002ZM3E

230V A.C. underground operators and control panel

001FROG-AE

002ZM3E

24V D.C. underground operator and control panels

001FROG-A24

002ZL170N

002ZL19N

leaves of up to 3,5 m leaves of up to 11,5 ft

Frog is an extremely efficient time challenging operator. The electrome-chanical system – which is now available in the new Frog-AE 230V version with encoder – gives very smooth, safe and guaranteed movements in even the most intense uses. Hardwearing and strong, with no need for expensive servicing, Frog is now also available with the special steel un-derground case (Frog-BN) with anticorrosion treatment.

Total seal. The high quality standard and IP67 protection level against external attack make it resistant in any weather conditions.

Advantages of Frog

First is best.Installation is simple and the underground case is prepa-red for automating the gate in different moments.

Easy, patented release.In the case of blackout, the operator is immediately released. Available in three different versions for any specific need, from a practical lever through to a personalised key.

Dimensions

Frog EN TESTED

Frog 24V and 230V technology gives utmost movement control. The FROG-A24 and FROG-AE models are tested together with the ZL19N, ZL170N and ZM3E control panels in compliance with EN 12445 and EN 12453 standards.

Self-locking operator of up to 3.5 m / 11,5 ft per gate leaf.




Self-locking operator with encoder for gates of up to 3.5 m / 11,5 ft per gate leaf.



Control panel for one-leaf swing gates with built-in radio decoder.



NOTES: * We suggest to provide an electric lock to be mounted on the gate leaf

Limits to useModelMax width of gate leaf (m / ft) 1,3 / 4,2 *3,5 / 11,5 *2,5 / 8,2 2 / 6,6Max weight of gate leaf (Kg / lb) 300 / 661 400 / 880 600 / 1,320 800 / 1,770

230V A.C. 24V D.C.

Technical featuresTypeProtection rating IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67Power supply (V) (50/60Hz) 230 A.C. 230 A.C. 230 A.C. 230 A.C.Motor power supply (V) 230 A.C. 50/60 Hz 230 A.C. 50/60 Hz 230 A.C. 50/60 Hz 24 D.C.Current draw (A) 1,9 2,5 1,9 15 MaxPower (W) 200 300 200 18090° opening time (s) 18 9 18 16 ÷ 45Duty cylce (%) 30 30 30 Intensive useThrust (N) 320 240 320 320Operating temperature (°C/°F) -20 ÷ +55 / -4 ÷ +131Motor’s thermo-protection (°C/°F) 150/302 150/302 150/302 -120V A.C.- 60 Hz PRODUCTS, PLEASE CHECK OUR PRICE LIST 230V A.C. 24V D.C.

Swin

g ga

teop

erat

ors

36 37

FrogAccessories - Operators price list -

002LB18

001FROG-BN

001FROG-BI

001A4364

001A4365

001A4366

001A4370

001A4472

001FL-180

001LOCK81

001LOCK82

The complete range

Cataphoresis is a surface painting treatment that gives excellent corrosion resistance.It is formed of an even layer of black acrylic resin and gives long-lasting protection against chemical attack.

The new underground casing

Technical featuresType FROG-BNThickness (μm) 15 ÷ 30

Saline fog resistance toASTM R117-94 norm (hours) 500 ÷ 700

Alkaline resistance GoodHydro-carbide resistance GoodUV resistance GoodImpact strength Direct 70 kg – Indirect 70 kg


Casing with emergency card, fitted to house three 12V - 7 Ah batteries(for ZL170N and ZL19N control panels).

Steel foundation case with corrosion-resistant cataphoresis surface treatment.

Inox AISI 304 steel foundation case.

Lever key release.

Three-sided key relelase.

Customized key release and EURO-DIN cylinder.

Transmission lever for opening arcs of up to 140° for gate leaves no wider than 2 m / 6,56 ft.

Transmission lever with adjustable gate-leaf opening stop.

Chain driven transmission lever for opening arcs of up to 180° for gate leaves no wider than 2 m / 6,56 ft (excluding FROG-A24).

Electric lock with single-cylinder.

Electric lock with double-cylinder.


Swin

g ga

teop

erat

ors

194 218

245

38 39

190 min

F7001 - F7024N

F7001 F7024N

Fast

200

max

Swing gate operatorsThe compact, versatile solution by Came.Fast is part of an innovative series of automation systems for swing gates. Powerful and versatile, their design is specific for application on medium and large sized gate-pillars. With Fast, installation is simple in-stallation, even on medium and large pillars .


With its articulated transmission arms Fast is the new automation system for swing gates up to 2.3 m / 7,5 ft long.This new product has a precise applicative purpose: to be installed on medium and large sized pillars, yet with relatively little mounting require-ments. Fast is also available in the 24V version, to ensure a safe movement of the gate.

Safe and practical.The convenient release lever enables manual opening of the gate in case of a power outage.

Advantages of Fast

Fast.Modern design thanks to the extreme attention to detail and choice of materials.

Advantages of the 24V D.C. electronics.The 24V-powered Fast elec-tronics automatically reco-gnises the interruption of electric power and then activates the emergency batteries, so that the gate can always be opened and closed (optional).

Dimensions

Fast is EN TESTED

Fast 24V technology allows for total control of the gate movement. The new F7024N, in fact, complies with European Standards as concerns the impact forces generated during operation.


The complete range230V A.C. external operator - Operators price list -

001F7001


002ZA3N

002ZM3E

24V D.C. external operator and control panel

001F7024N

002ZL180

Accessories

002LB180

001LOCK81

001LOCK82

001F7002

001H3000

Self-locking operator complete with articulated transmission arm.





Card for connecting two 12V – 1.2Ah emergency batteries with rack (for ZL180 control panel).



Straight transmission arm with slide guide.

Safety casing complete with release handle and command button for pull-cord release L = 5 m / 16,40 ft.

Limits to useModel Max width of gate leaf (m / ft) 2,3 / 7,5 2 / 6,50 1,5 / 5 1 / 3,3 Max weight of gate leaf (Kg / lb) 200 / 440 215 / 475 250 / 550 300 / 660

230V A.C. 24V D.C.

Technical featuresTypeProtection rating IP54 IP54Power supply (V) (50/60Hz) 230 A.C. 230 A.C.Motor power supply (V) 230 A.C. 50/60 Hz 24 D.C.Current draw (A) 1,4 11 MaxPower (W) 160 14090° opening time (s) 18 16 ÷ 45Duty cylce (%) 30 Intensive useTorque (Nm) 180 180Operating temperature (°C/°F) -20 ÷ +55 / -4 ÷ +131Motor’s thermo-protection (°C/°F) 150/302 -120V A.C.- 60 Hz PRODUCTS, PLEASE CHECK OUR PRICE LIST 230V A.C. 24V D.C.

Swin

g ga

teop

erat

ors

182340

168

40 41

F1000 - F1100 - F1024

F1000 F1100 F1024

Ferni

380

max

Technical featuresTypeProtection rating IP54 IP54 IP54Power supply (V) (50/60Hz) 230 A.C. 230 A.C. 230 A.C.Motor power supply (V) 230 A.C. 50/60 Hz 230 A.C. 50/60 Hz 24 D.C.Current draw (A) 1,3 1 15 maxPower (W) 150 110 18090° opening time (s) 18 18 16 ÷ 45Duty cylce (%) 30 50 SERVIZIO INTENSIVOTorque (Nm) 320 380 470Operating temperature (°C/°F) -20 ÷ +55Motor’s thermo-protection (°C/°F) 150 150 -

230V A.C. 24V D.C.


Swing gate operatorsLarge sized pillars.Ferni is the optimal solution for gates mounted on pillars where the motor-hinge centre distance can be quite large. Its unique transmission lever, provides a simple and effective solution to the movement issues related to such gates.

NOTES: If the gate leaf is wider than 2.5 m / 8,2 ft, the F1000 and F1024 models require an electro-lock to be installed. While an electro-lock is always required for the F1100 model.

leaves of up to 4 m leaves of up to 13 ft

The sturdy and powerful operator featuring an articulated arm for gates leaves of up to 4 m / 13 ft in length.A system which enables gate automation when the dimensions of a pillar prevent any other automated device from being installed. Ferni is also available with the special “slide” arm version, to install where little lateral space is available. Only for gate leaves up to 2 m / 7 ft of width.

Advantages of the 24V D.C. electronicsThe 24V technology adds increased safety to the in-stallation, because it allows for adjustments of run speed, opening and closing decele-ration, and especially electro-nic obstacle detection.

Advantages of Ferni

Precise, sturdy and dependable.Ferni features micro-switches for adjusting the opening of the gate leaves and is made of long-wearing materials.

Large sized pillars.Ferni is the optimal solution for gates with leaves of up to 4 m / 13,12 ft long, mounted on pillars where the motor-hinge centre distance can be quite large. (up to 38 cm / 14,96 in)

Dimensions

Ferni is EN TESTED

Ferni 24V technology allows for total control of the gate movement. The F1024N model, in fact, complies with European Standards as concerns the impact forces generated during operation.


001F1000

001F1100


002ZA3N

002ZM3E

24V D.C. external operator and control panels

001F1024

002ZL170N

002ZL19N

Accessories

002LB18

001LOCK81

001LOCK82

001F1001

001H3000

Swin

g ga

teop

erat

ors

Self-locking operator with articulated transmission arm.





Control panel for one-leaf swing gates with built-in radio decoder.


Casing with emergency card, fitted to house three 12V - 7 Ah batteries(for ZL170n and ZL19N control panels).



Straight telescopic transmission arm for up to 2 m / 6,56 ft long gate leaves.

Safety casing complete with release handle and command button for pull-cord releaseL = 5 m / 16,40 ft.

Limits to useModel Max width of gate leaf (m / ft) 4 / 13 3 / 10 2,5 / 8,2 2 / 6,6Max weight of gate leaf (Kg / lb) 400 / 880 500 / 1,100 600 / 1,330 800 / 1,770

230V A.C. 24V D.C.

120V A.C.- 60 Hz PRODUCTS, PLEASE CHECK OUR PRICE LIST

FROG-MD/MS

FROG-MD/MS

720

350 57

0

1000

850

195

447,

564

580

100

42 43

Swing gate operatorsInvisibile power!Super Frog is an underground electromechanical operator, engineered and manufactured by Came to operate uncommonly large and heavy swing gates. Super Frog, for “super-sized” gates!

Super Frog

Safe settings.With built-in opening and closing endstops, it gives fast and precise adjustments of the gate leaf stopping po-sitions

leaves of up to 8 m leaves of up to 26 ft

This is the underground operator for very large swing gates.Made entirely of top grade materials, Super Frog is unmatched when it comes to power – and it can also operate very large swing doors, such as those found on hangars, or even special doors installed in large industrial facilities or freight depots.

Advantages of Super FrogIt withstands anything!The carefully chosen mate-rials and the high protection from environmental agents ensure that Super Frog will last and last with little period maintenance.(US protection rating NEMA 6P - Waterproof)

Even in airports.Among the different applica-tion options, Super Frog can be installed on the large do-ors of airplane hangars.

Super Frog is powered by a 230–400V A.C. 3-phase which provides maximum thrust and minimal energy consumption. The 3-phase power supply also provides optimal inrush current when operating thus solving any inertia-related problems.

Only 3-phase

Dimensions

The complete range230-400V A.C. 3-phase underground operators - Special operators catalogue -

001FROG-MD

001FROG-MS

230-400V A.C. trhee-phase control panel

002ZM3ES

Accessories

001FROG-CD

001FROG-CS

Swin

g ga

teop

erat

ors

Right-hand self-locking operator.

Left-hand self-locking operator.


Foundation case for right-hand operator.

Foundation case for left-hand operator.


Limits to useModelMax width of gate leaf (m / ft) <4 / <13 4 / 13 5 / 16,5 6 / 20 7 / 23 8 / 26Max weight of gate leaf (Kg / lb) 1,500 / 3,300 1,200 / 2,640 1,000 / 2,200 800 / 1,760 700 / 1,550 600 / 1,320

Technical featuresTypeProtection rating IP67Power supply (V) (50/60Hz) 230-400 A.C. 3-phaseMotor power supply (V) (50/60Hz) 230-400 A.C. 3-phaseCurrent draw (A) 2,5 MaxPower (W) 60095° Max opening time (s) 45Duty cylce (%) 50Torque (Nm) 1000Operating temperature (°C/°F) -20 ÷ +55 / -4 ÷ +131120V A.C.- 60 Hz PRODUCTS, PLEASE CHECK OUR PRICE LIST 230-400V A.C. 3-phase

230-400V A.C. 3-phase

ZA3N

204133

274

ZM3E

320

240 145

44 45

Control panelsNew generation technology.The new generation of Came’s control panels for swing gates, includes a range of custom solutions.All employ the technology and functionality to meet the customers needs. In all of the versions the logic is handled by a MICROPROCESSOR-operated command and control system. The control units are already fitted with built-in “radio decoders”; all you need to do is insert one of Came’s cards for the required frequency.

Z230 230V A.C.

The complete range230V A.C. control panels for 230V A.C. operators

002ZA3N

002ZM3E

230-400V A.C. three-phase control panel

002ZM3ES

Swin

g ga

teop

erat

ors

Better when illuminated!Through the control panels, you can control the auxiliary lighting of the operator’s area of movement. This fea-ture makes it safer and ea-sier to use the vehicle en-trance.

Autotest.Some models are fitted with “self-diagnosis” of their pro-tective devices. In fact, the circuit prevents the operator from working in case any anomaly is detected in one of the safety devices which is connected up to the sy-stem.

Right or left door.The bilaterally-hinged door and technical sheet rack are just some of the features that make Came containers ex-tremely practical and easy to use.

Maximum useful space for electrical connections.Came’s casings are, in fact, designed to make it easy to perform all system wiring operations, as well as any subsequent maintenance.

Following are some technical characteristics:

• ALL STANDARD ISSUE VERSIONS, where each technological solution is standard issue, so as to deliver top-performing systems, in terms of ease-of-use and safety.• EASE-OF-USE AND RELIABILITY, are the main characteristics of Came’s control panels.• BUILT-IN RADIO DECODING, directly on the control board. A feature that blends savings and ease-of-installation. All you need to do is choose and install one of Came’s radio frequency cards that has the characteristi-cs you require.• BUILT-IN SURGE ARRESTERS ON THE CONTROL BOARDS, as a further, effective protection against those damaging power surges that go to and from the electric circuit.• TOP ZM3E VERSION, with its advanced technology, makes it possible to automate any 230V system, even on outdated systems or ones assembled with a variety of materials.

Top level technology

Advantages of control panels (230V A.C.)

Dimensions

Came’s 230V control panels are fitted with surge arresters and integrate the standard bi-channel radio decoder on all models.

Technical featuresType Z230Protection rating IP54Material ABSOperating temperature (°C/°F) -20 ÷ +55 / -4 ÷ +131120V A.C.- 60 Hz PRODUCTS, PLEASE CHECK OUR PRICE LIST 230V A.C.





ZL150N - ZL160N - ZL170N ZL180 - ZL19N - ZL19NA - ZL90 - ZLJ24

320

240 145204133

274

46 47

Z24


Control panelsStandard issue safety.Came’s 24V control panels are the ideal solution when you need to install systems that can be perfectly customised to user’s needs, especially when it comes to safety. In fact, the technology we use lets you control movement and adjust the system’s gearmotor force to actual requirements.This optimises the behaviour of the gate leaves in case any obstacles are detected.

Z24 24V D.C.

The complete range24V D.C. control panels for 24V D.C. operators

002ZL150N

002ZL160N

002ZL170N

002ZL180

002ZL19N

002ZL90

002ZLJ24

Swin

g ga

teop

erat

ors

Simplified connections. With the ZL170N, ZL180 and ZL90 and ZLJ24 control panels, only one cable needs to be connected to three conductors to power the motor, and to manage the decelerations and endstops.

Autotest.Some models are fitted with “self-diagnosis” of their pro-tective devices. In fact, the circuit prevents the operator from working in case any anomaly is detected in one of the safety devices which is connected up to the sy-stem.

Rechargable batteries.All of the 24V control panels can be integrated with the apposite emergency opera-tion cards that run on regular rechargeable batteries.The change-over from net-work to batteries and vice-versa is always automatic.

Maximum sensitivity.Setting the amperometric sensor, by using the apposite trimmers, makes the 24V systems safe and reliable, if the gate leaves come into contact with an obstacle when moving.

Following are some technical characteristics:

• AMPEROMETRIC DEVICE featuring an “anti-crushing” function that elec-tronically detects any obstacles and blocks or inverts the movement of the gate leaves.• EMERGENCY BATTERIES connected to the control panel through the recharging and operation card. Change over, during power outages, takes place automatically.• ADJUSTING DECELERATION SPEED OF THE GATE LEAVES, when opening or closing, to calibrate movement to the gate’s requirements and make it safer and softer in the final phase of its opening or closing swing.• INTENSIVE USE, thanks to the technology employed, the 24V systems can work frequent opening/closing cycles without any overheating issues.They are, thus, the most suitable solution for apartment blocks, industrial, and high-traffic settings in general.• MAXIMUM SAFETY, thanks to the low-voltage operation of all accessory devices, such as, photocells, flashing lights, sensitive safety edges.

Z24 is EN TESTED

Advantages of control panels (24V D.C. )

Dimensions

Thanks to the 24V panels, today our tested systems yield thrust-forces which are always perfectly compliant with current EU standards (see techical specifications for each model).

Control panel for two-leaf swing gates with built-in radio decoder for Flex series.

Control panel for one-leaf swing gates with built-in radio decoder for Flex series.

Control panel for one-leaf swing gates with built-in radio decoder for Flex - Frog - Emega series.

Control panel for two-leaf swing gates with built-in radio decoder for Fast - Ati series.

Control panel for two-leaf swing gates with built-in radio decoder for Frog – Ferni series.

Control panel for two-leaf swing gates with built-in radio decoder for Frog-J – Amico series.

Multifunction control panel for two-leaf swing gates with built-in radio decoding.

Technical featuresTypeProtection rating IP54Material ABSOperating temperature (°C/°F) -20 ÷ +55 / -4 ÷ +131120V A.C.- 60 Hz PRODUCTS, PLEASE CHECK OUR PRICE LIST 24V D.C.

48 49

ATIKRONOFROG FASTFERNI

ZA3N

ATIKRONOFROG FASTFERNIAXO

ZM3E

SUPER FROG

ZM3ES

A1824

FROG-J

ZL90

AX3024

AX5024

ZLJ24

F500

F510

ZL150N

F500

F510

ZL160N

FROG-A24

F1024

ZL170N

A3024N

A5024N

F7024N

ZL180

FROG-A24

F1024

ZL19N

Z230 Control panels


CARD – PANEL

FUNCTIONAL FEATURES






TOTAL STOP function



ENCODER operation














EMERGENCY RELEASE function from the trasmitter




Antenna connection















Warning DISPLAY

Electronic BRAKE




SAFE

TYCO

MM

AND

FUN

CTIO

NAL

ITY

Z24 Control panels


CARD – PANEL

FUNCTIONAL FEATURES






TOTAL STOP function



ENCODER operation


















Antenna connection















Warning DISPLAY

Electronic BRAKE



SAFE

TYCO

MM

AND

FUN

CTIO

NAL

ITY

24V D.C.


Swin

g ga

teop

erat

ors

230-400V A.C. trifase 230V A.C.

50 51

Gara

ge d

oor

oper

ator

s


Garage door operators

53

B

F I

A

G

D XC

H

X E

E

52 53

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

X

Emega E1024

Ver V900EVer V700E

The range

The models Overhead and sectional door operators are normally used to open large garages and

vehicle access ways. Came offers specific solutions for every type of door, without nee-

ding any adaptations nor modifications of the existing door. Choosing among the many

automation models, some of which are 24V powered, depends on the intended use and

on the mechanics of the door. The table sums up the complete range of gearmotors for

overhead and sectional doors depending on the performance features of each one, the

limitations of use and suggested application.




Series Model Max door surface (m² / ft²)Emega E306 9 / 100Emega E456 14 / 150 14 / 150

14 / 150 14 / 150 14 / 150 YESSeries Model Traction force (N)

500 500 YES850 850 850 YES

230V A.C. 24V D.C.

The type of normally required command is the “remote control radio command” which is designed to be fitted with therequired safety devices; on the so-called “primary edge” (the passage zone) as well as on the “secondary edge” (the zonebehind the gate leaf).Current legislation requires the C + D type minimal solutions: employing sensitive safety edges and infraredbeam photocells.


Standard issueThe scheme shown applies to all gearmotors of the Emega series.

*In case of double motor, the X junction box should be placed on either side of the door.

Control panel



Control panel


Flashing light

Antenna


Cord-operated release device

Shunt box

The new Db, bi-directional CORDLESS pho-tocells let you, even without prior set ups, monitor the entire area of movement of the overhead door as required by current legisla-tion. With Db, you get easy installation with increased safety!

The 24V Came operators for sectional and overhead doors automatically detect any lack of power and activate the battery-powered emergency mode to open and close the gate even during power outages.

24V guaranteed opening A perfect integration

Cable length (ft) (m) <10 < 32,8 10 ÷ 20 32,8 - 65,61 20 ÷ 30 65,61- 98,42
















Gara

ge d

oor

oper

ator

s

H

A E E E

FGI

XLB C B

F I

A

G X

CH E

54 55

A

B

C

E

F

G

H

L

I

A

B

C

E

F

G

H

I

X

X

TRAINED users and positioned on PUBLIC STREET

ImportantIf using EN 12445 – EN 12453 tested gearmotors and control panels, then sensitive safety edges neednot be installed, provided that the required impact-force measurements are compliant with the parametersdictated by the Standards.

ImportantIf using EN 12445 – EN 12453 tested gearmotors and control panels, then sensitive safety edges neednot be installed, provided that the required impact-force measurements are compliant with the parametersdictated by the Standards.


The type of normally required command is the “remote control radio command” which is designed to be fitted withthe required safety devices; on the so-called “primary edge” (the passage zone) as well as on the “secondary edge”(the zone behind the gate leaf).Current legislation requires the C + D type minimal solutions: employing sensitive safety edges and infrared beam photocells.

The type of normally required command is the “remote control radio command” which is designed to be fitted withthe required safety devices; on the so-called “primary edge” (the passage zone) as well as on the “secondary edge”(the zone behind the gate leaf).Current legislation requires the C + D type minimal solutions: employing sensitive safety edges and infraredbeam photocells.



The scheme shown applies to all gearmotors of the Ver series applied on overhead, counterweighted doors or those having vertical runner guides. The scheme shown applies to all Ver series gearmotors used on sectional doors.Standard issue Standard issue

Operator with control panel




Flashing light

Antenna



Adapter arm

Shunt box

Operator




Flashing light

Antenna



Shunt box

The 24 Volt models of the Ver series are desi-gned to be integrated with batteries in case of emergency operation during power outages. This solution is extremely practical and cuts down on cabling operations.

The V201 adaptor arm is indispensable when using the Ver series on counterweighted overhead doors and in all doors fitted with vertical runner guides. The installation requi-res riveting or bolting directly on the overhead door’s reinforcing crosspieces.

The adapter arm for counterweighted doors 24 Volt and built-in batteries

Both the Ver and Emega series let you me-chanically block the gearmotor directly from the door handle. This function is fundamental in applications where there is no secondary garage entrance.

The two solutions are the same in terms of reliability and durability. The transmission belt-guides are more silent during operation, while the chain-guides are more suitable for medium-to-large doors.

Chain and belt driver transmission guides Pull-cord release directly applied to the door’s handle

Standard APARTMENT BLOCK installation Standard INDUSTRIAL installation

Cable length (ft) (m) <10 < 32,8 10 ÷ 20 32,8 - 65,61 20 ÷ 30 65,61- 98,42
















Cable length (ft) (m) <10 < 32,8 10 ÷ 20 32,8 - 65,61 20 ÷ 30 65,61- 98,42
















Gara

ge d

oor

oper

ator

s

56 57

V700E

ZL56A

V900E

ZL56

E306

E456

ZE5

E1024

ZL19NA

E1024

ZL170N

230V A.C. 24V D.C.


Garage door operators


CARD – PANEL

FUNCTIONAL FEATURES






TOTAL STOP function



ENCODER operation




* PARTIAL OPENING function














Antenna connection















Warning DISPLAY

Electronic BRAKE



SA

FE

TY

CO

MM

AN

DF

UN

CT

ION

ALI

TY

NOTES: * OPTION 1: Activation of the partial opening command function with command device (selector, N.O. button and transmitter). * OPTION 2: Activation of Partial opening function with command device.


Gara

ge d

oor

oper

ator

s

140

18

212400

38

58 59

V900E V700E

V700E V900E

Sectional and overheadgarage door operatorsThe operator for garage doors.As of today, automating a garage door is ever simpler with the latest Ver automation systems. Just connect the control-panel gearmotor-unit to the transmission system and the automation is ready to be secured to the door. All the Ver series gearmotors are 24V powered, which guarantees safety and reliability.

Ver

It comes complete with courtesy light. The Ver will integrate perfectly, as electrical appliances go, it is simple to use, yet powerful in line with the Came tradition. The silent, reliable slide rails and the outer pull-cord release that can be directly applied to the door’s standard handle.There is a wide range of accessories to complete the system’s command and safety features: the dependable, silent runner guides and the outer, pull-cord release which fits directly on the door handle.

Advantages of VerEN TESTED.Thanks to laboratory testing carried out on a door sample, V900E is European Standard EN 12445 and EN 12453 compliant, in terms of impact forces.

A guide for every door!The chain and belt driver transmission, guides, are the heart of the system. Being extremely tough and com-pletely silent, they provide a customisable solution for every type of door.

Comfort at its best.Ver is a 24V operator that will always open your garage, even during its power outages, thanks to batteries inside (optional).

24V only

Ver 24V technology allows for total control of the gate movement. V900E is European standard EN 12445 and EN 12453 compliant, in terms of impact forces.

Dimensions


Limits to useType of door Overhead counterweighted or Overhead Sectional

spring-loaded extended or partially Spring-loaded Doorsextended doors (with V201) Extended doors

Traction force (N) Traction force (N) Traction force (N) 500 500 500

850 850 85024V D.C.

Technical featuresTypeProtection rating IP40 IP40Power supply (V) (50/60Hz) 230 A.C. 230 A.C.Motor power supply (V) 24 D.C. 24 D.C.Current draw (A) 6 Max 8 MaxPower (W) 130 260Manoeuvre speed 90° (s) 6 6Duty cylce (%) 50 50Traction force (N) 850 500Operating temperature (°C/°F) -20 ÷ +55 / -4 ÷ +131120V A.C.- 60 Hz PRODUCTS, PLEASE CHECK OUR PRICE LIST 24V D.C.

Complete automation system with 24V D.C. motor - Operators price list -

001V900E

Complete automation system with 24V D.C. motor

001V700E

Accessories

001V0670

001V005

001V121

001V122

001V201

001V0679

001V0682

001V0683

001V0684

001V0685

001V0686

001V0688

001V0687

The complete range

Complete automation system with encoder-based control panel, for overhead counterweighted and spring-loaded doors and sectional doors (Traction force: 500N).


Card for connecting two 12V – 1.2Ah emergency batteries with rack.

Chain guide extension L = 1.42 m / 4,66 ft for guide types: V0679 - V0682 - V0683 - V0684.

Cord release device L = 3 m / 9,84 ft to apply to the door handle.

Transmission arm for sectional doors having distances of 30-60 cm / 11,81-23,62 inthe top edge of the door and the spring rod.

Adapter arm for partially extended counterweighted overhead doors. Max door height: 2.4 m / 7,87 ft.

Chain guide L = 3.02 m / 9,90 ft *Max door height: BC = 2.4 m / 7,87 ft BM = 2.25 m / 7,38 ft STA = 2.1 m / 6,88 ft STB = 2.2 m / 7,21 ft.


Chain guide L = 4.02 / 13,18 ft *Max door height: BC = 3.25 m / 10,66 ft BM = 3.1 m / 10,17 ft STA = 3.2 m / 10,49 ft STB = 2.2 m / 7,21 ft.


Belt guide L = 3.02 m / 9,90 ft *Max door height: BC = 2.4 m / 7,87 ft BM = 2.25 m / 7,38 ft STA = 2.1 m / 6,88 ft.

Belt guide L = 3.52 m / 11,54 ft *Max door height: BC = 2.75 m / 9,02 ft BM = 2.6 m / 8,53 ft STA = 2.7 m / 8,85 ft.

Belt guide L = 4.02 / 13,18 ft *Max door height: BC = 3.25 m / 10,66 ft BM = 3.1 m / 10,17 ft STA = 3.2 m / 10,49 ft.

Belt guide L = 3.02 m / 9,90 ft *Max door height: BC = 2.4 m / 7,87 ft BM = 2.25 m / 7,38 ft STA = 2.1 m / 6,88 ft STB = 2.2 m / 7,21 ft.

NOTES: BC = Counter-weighted-Overhead - BM = Spring-loaded Overhead - STA = Type A Sectional A - STB = Type B Sectional

Gara

ge d

oor

oper

ator

s

H H

Min

. 60

mm

(A)

60 61

SECTIONAL DOOR

TYPE A

(SINGLE guide)

H = Max door height

SECTIONAL DOOR

TYPE B

(DOUBLE guide)

H = Max door height

Min

. 60

mm

Pre-installation checks

Maximum jutting out height of

the door A

60° - 80° Opening

Transmission guide indication of use

NOTES: BC = Counter-weighted-Overhead - BM = Spring-loaded Overhead - STA = Type A Sectional A - STB = Type B Sectional


Ver

Gara

ge d

oor

oper

ator

s

128 512

165

320

240 145

115 87

225

204133

274

62 63

E1024

E306 E456 E1024

Overhead garage door operatorsPower and control for all of the overhead garage doors.Emega is an electro-mechanical operator which has been specifically engineered to operate me-dium-to-large sized overhead, wooden or insulated garage doors. Emega guarantees functioning even under the most severe working conditions such as apartment blocks or intensive use.

Emega up to 14 m²up to 150 ft²

The garage door automation operator - EN 12445 - EN 12453 compliant - that makes entering easy, lights up the surrounding area and guarantees that the door locks shut when closed.A compact, resilient automation which is easy to install and requires no modifications or adaptions of sorts to the door.

Comfortable and practical to use.The built-in release lever provides manual opening of the overhead garage door during a power outage. It can be engaged even from outside by way of a cord on the door handle.

Advantages of EmegaENCODER control.All of the 230V Emega versions are fitted with a standard ENCODER to provide obstacle detection and slowing down functions of the door.

EN TESTEDAll Emega models are compliant with European standards on the subject of impact forces. This feature allows you to choose the model most suitable for the job without comprising safety in the least.

24V only

The 24V technology boosts the safety level of the system, since it allows you to adjust the run-speed, the end-of-door opening and closing, and above all, due to the electronic obstacle detection function.

Limits to useType of door Overhead counterweighted or Overhead Overhead

spring-loaded extended or partially Spring-loaded Conterweightedextended doors Spring-loaded DoorsDoor’s surface m² / ft² Door’s surface m² / ft² Door’s surface m² / ft²

E306 9 / 100 9 / 100 9 / 100E456 14 / 150 14 / 150 14 / 150

14 / 150 14 / 150 14 / 150 230V A.C. 24V D.C.

230V A.C. operators and control panel - Operators price list -

001E306

001E456

002ZE5

24V D.C. operator and control panels

001E1024

002ZL170N

002ZL19NA

The complete range

Self-locking operator for doors of up to 9 m² / 100 ft².


Control panel with built-in radio decoder to be fixed on E001 guide-base.


Control panel for overhead garage doors with one operator and with built-in radio decoder.

Control panel for overhead garage doors with two operators and with built-in radio decoder.

ZE5

Dimensions

E306 - E456 ZL19NA - LB18ZL170N


Technical featuresTypeProtection rating IP50 IP50 IP50Power supply (V) (50/60Hz) 230 A.C. 230 A.C. 230 A.C.Motor power supply (V) 230 A.C. 50/60Hz 230 A.C. 50/60Hz 24 D.C.Current draw (A) 2 2 15 MaxPower (W) 190 200 180Manoeuvre speed 90° (s) 25 25 13 ÷ 22Duty cylce (%) 50 50 Intensive useTorque (Nm) 300 420 450Operating temperature (°C/°F) -20 ÷ +55Motor’s thermo-protection (°C/°F) 150/302 150/302 -

230V A.C. 24V D.C.120V A.C.- 60 Hz PRODUCTS, PLEASE CHECK OUR PRICE LIST

Gara

ge d

oor

oper

ator

s

64 65

EmegaThe complete range


002LB18

001E001

001V121

001E781A

001E782A

001E783

001E784

001E785A

001E786A

001E787A

001E881

up to 14 m²up to 150 ft²

Casing with emergency card, fitted to house three 12V - 7 Ah batteries(for ZL170N and ZL19NA control panels).

Fastening guide-base L = 2 m / 6,56 ft.

Cord release device and release reset L = 3 m / 9,84 ft.

Accessories to assemble the lateral transmission.

Square drive shaft 25 x 25 mm L = 3 m / 0,98 x 0,98 in L = 9,84 ft.(Necessary when installing n. 2 E1024 operators).

Pair of articulated arms.

Extra-long lever for articulated arm. For doors higher than 2.4 m / 7,87 ft.

Pair of straight telescopic arms with 40 x 10 mm / 1,57 x 0,39 in rectangular shaft.

Pair of curved telescopic arms with 40 x 10 mm / 1,57 x 0,39 in rectangular shaft.

Extra-long shaft for E785A and E786A telescopic arms, for doors higher than 2.4 m / 7,87 ft.

Closing electric lock.


Gara

ge d

oor

oper

ator

s

66 67

Road barriers

Road

barr

iers


FM

A

GH

I

HN NO

68 69

A

F

G

H

I

M

O

N

Gard G4000Gard G4001Gard4 G4040ZGard4 G4040IZ

Gard G6000Gard G6001Gard8 G2080ZGard8 G2080IZ

Gard12 G12000

The models Road barriers are today one of the most sought after types of automation for controlling

the vehicle traffic in parking lots, private entrances, and reserved apartment blocks areas.

Came’s range is complete with 230V A.C. and 24V D.C. models, and the special stainless

steel version when corrosion is an issue. Any type of throughway can be controlled, from

small, narrow passages with quick barriers, to very wide passages of up to 12 m / 39,37 ft

of net span. A vast range of dedicated accessories is also available, all designed to com-

plement the system even when special requests are involved, such as with jointed arms

or antipanic systems. The table sums up the complete range of road barriers according to

the width

of the passage way, the limitations of use and the suggested application setting.

The Db series’ CORDLESS photocells, are a revolutionary way to install protection.Even, when not initially planned for. This saves on expensive digging and masonry work. Db lets you save on the number of components installed while increasing the level of safety.

The KIAROIN and KIARO24IN can be set to flash after the operator has performed 5,000, 10,000, 20,000 or 50,000 operations. It is an automatic solution for programming the system’s ordinary maintenance schedule.

Safety, quick, everywhere

Standard RESIDENTIAL installation

Standard issue


Barriers that only allow vehicle passage are excluded from the European Standards’ field of application. However, we suggest identifying and demarcating any adjacent pedestrian passages, and setting up devicesto detect vehicle traffic.

ImportantThe Db CORDLESS photocells are designed to be applied when road barriers also have adjacent sidewalks.

Road barrier

TX cordless photocells

TX/RX cordless photocells

RX cordless photocells

Flashing light

Antenna


Bar with red adhesive refracting strips

The assistant flashing light

The range

Road

barr

iers



Series Model Max width of passage clearance (m / ft)Gard G2500 2,5 / 8,2 2,5 / 8,2

4 / 13 4 / 13 4 / 13 YES4 / 13 4 / 13 4 / 13 YES

3,75 / 12 3,75 / 12 3,75 / 12 YES3,75 / 12 3,75 / 12 3,75 / 12 YES

Gard4 G4041Z 3,75 / 12 3,75 / 12 3,75 / 126,5 / 22 6,5 / 22 6,5 / 22 YES6,5 / 22 6,5 / 22 6,5 / 22 YES7,6 / 25 7,6 / 25 7,6 / 25 YES7,6 / 25 7,6 / 25 7,6 / 25 YES

Gard8 G2081Z 7,6 / 25 7,6 / 25 7,6 / 2512 / 40 12 / 40 12 / 40 YES

230V A.C. 24V D.C.

Cable length (ft) (m) <10 < 32,8 10 ÷ 20 32,8 - 65,61 20 ÷ 30 65,61- 98,42
















FF GG

I L I

H

L

M

C BB A AC BBB C CBCC

A

A

M

I

IF G F GH

CB B B C C CB

70 71

A

B

C

F

G

H

L

I

M

A

B

C

F

G

H

L

I

M

If there is not enough room for the bar’s normal rotation, such as in indoor garages, there are special junctions available, which take up less space during opening, but do not take away from the useful passage space.

Special accessories: joint for bar The CORDLESS digital keyboard


Standard INDUSTRIAL installationTRAINED users and positioned on PUBLIC STREET

Barriers that only allow vehicle passage are excluded from the European Standards’ field of application. However, we suggestidentifying and demarcating any adjacent pedestrian passages, and setting up devices to detect vehicle traffic.

ImportantIt is also possible to install systems with opposite barriers that have independent safety devices and that are aidedby floor-mounted metal mass detector sensors that can work, both as a command function or as an added safetyfunction (placed next to the bar).

Standard IssueRoad barrier



Flashing light

Antenna


Bar with luminous cord

Rack

Floor-mounted metal mass sensor

Standard PARKING installation

Standard issue


Barriers that only allow vehicle passage are excluded from the European Standards’ field of application.However, we suggest identifying and demarcating any adjacent pedestrian passages, and setting up devicesto detect vehicle traffic.

ImportantSystems with barriers featuring the “compass” function may also be installed. This guarantees maximum control of vehiculartransit even with two-way passages (i.e. vehicles travelling in opposite directions) but on only one lane.

Road barrier



Flashing light

Reception antenna


Bar with luminous cord

Rack for bars

Floor-mounted metal mass sensor

Photocells are fitted onto the indoor barrier in the same exact way that they are fitted on the outdoor barrier

24V D.C. Came barriers are ideal for automatic parking installations. We suggest the special AISI 304 inox steel (rust proof) cabinet ver-sion. Ideal for application near the sea or in high traffic areas.

Also for pay-to-park systems

Road barriers may be connected to the dif-ferent access control systems to identify, memorise, clear for entrance and exit only authorised personnel. This lets you manage transit in different company departments or other types of collective structures.

Total entry control

Road

barr

iers



Cable length (ft) (m) <10 < 32,8 10 ÷ 20 32,8 - 65,61 20 ÷ 30 65,61- 98,42
















Cable length (ft) (m) <10 < 32,8 10 ÷ 20 32,8 - 65,61 20 ÷ 30 65,61- 98,42
















72 73

G2500

ZG2

G4000

G4001

G6000

G6001

ZL37

GARD4

GARD8

ZG5

GARD4

GARD8

ZL38

G12000

ZL37B


CARD – PANEL

FUNCTIONAL FEATURES






TOTAL STOP function



ENCODER operation


















Antenna connection















Warning DISPLAY

Electronic BRAKE



SA

FE

TY

CO

MM

AN

DF

UN

CT

ION

ALI

TY

230V A.C. 24V D.C.


Road barriers

Road

barr

iers


74 75

G2500 G4000 - G4001 G6000 - G6001

G2500 G4000 G4001 G6000 G6001

260

88410

07

270

1077

914

450 295

G2500 - G4000 - G4001 G6000 - G6001

Road barriersThe fast automatic barriers.Suited for throughways up to 2.5 m - 4 m - 6,5 m 8,2 ft - 13 ft - 22 ft , the automatic barriers are the ideal solution when you need to control and select roads and parking areas in residential and hightraffic settings.

Gard clearance of 2,5 - 4 - 6,5 mclearance of 8,2 - 13 - 22 ft

One versatile model.The Gard series barriers can be installed either on the right or left of the passage. Easy and fast mounting and no prior fitting is required.

Advantages of Gard

Absolute modularity.Safety accessories such as flashing light and photocells are applied directly onto the cabinet.

Also in stainless steel.The G4001 special model comes with AISI 301 stainless steel cabinet for those espe-cially critical installations.

The 24V models

The Gard series also features models with 24V D.C. gearmotors, which always yield maximum performan-ce without compromising safety. These models are suitable for all settings that require intensive use.

Gard fast barriers are the ideal solution for selecting access points in re-sidential and industrial areas even when traffic volumes are high. The Gard does not need prior fitting and is easily installed in any environ-ment.The G2500 fast opening model is powered by 230V while the G4000 and G6000 models, even in the special AISI 304 stainless steel versions, are fitted with a 24V D.C. operator and suited for intensive use.Easy to install, they are complemented by a wide range of accessories to complete the system and don’t require any special mounting set ups or frequent periodic maintenance.

Limits to useModel

Composition of the bar Max width of passage clearance (m / ft)Simple bar 2,5 / 8,2 4 / 13 6,5 / 22Bar with G0403 rubber and G0460 lamps - 3,5 / 11 6 / 20Bar with G0463 mobile support - 3,5 / 11 6 / 20Bar with G0403 rubber, G0460 lamps and G0465 rack or G0463 mobile support - 2,5 / 8,2 6 / 20Bar with G0465 rack and G0463 mobile support - 2 / 6,5Bar with G0403 rubber, G0460 lamps 5,5 / 18G0465 rack and G0463 mobile support - -

230V A.C. 24V D.C.

Technical featuresTypeProtection rating IP54 IP54 IP54 IP54 IP54Power supply (V) (50/60Hz) 230 A.C. 230 A.C. 230 A.C. 230 A.C. 230 A.C.Motor power supply (V) 230 A.C. 50/60Hz 24 D.C. 24 D.C. 24 D.C. 24 D.C.Current draw (A) 1 15 Max 15 Max 15 Max 15 MaxPower (W) 120 300 300 300 300Duty cylce (%) 30 Intensive use Intensive use Intensive use Intensive useTorque (Nm) 70 200 200 600 600Opening time 90° (s) 2 2 ÷ 6 2 ÷ 6 2 ÷ 6 2 ÷ 6Motor’s thermo-protection (°C/°F) 150/302 - - 150/302 -Operating temperature (°C/°F) -20 ÷ +55 / -4 ÷ +131

Road

barr

iers

Max width

Passage clearance

Dimensions in millimeters (25,4 mm = 1 in)Colour :G2500 - G4000 - G6000 colour RAL1028

Dimensions

The complete rangeRoad barrier with 230V A.C. operator and control panel - Operators price list -

001G2500

Road barriers with 24V D.C. operator and control panel

001G4000

001G4001

001G6000

001G6001

Galvanized and painted steel barrier complete with control panel. Opening time: 2 s.

Galvanized and painted steel barrier complete with control panel and fitted to take additional accessories.

AISI 304 stainless steel with satin finish complete with control panel and fitted to take additional accessories.


AISI 304 stainless steel with satin finish complete with control panel and fitted to take additional accessories.

230V A.C. 24V D.C.

76 77

Road

barr

iers

Gard clearance of 2,5 - 4 - 6,5 mclearance of 8,2 - 13 - 22 ft

The complete range

White painted aluminium bar. Section: 60 x 40 x 2700 mm / 2,36 x 1,57 x 106,3 in.

Joint for bar.

Card for connecting n. 3 12V-7Ah emergency batteries for:G4000 - G4001 - G6000 and G6001 barriers.

White painted aluminium bar for G4000 and G4001 barriers. Section: 60 x 40 x 4200 mm / 2,36 x 1,57 x 165,35 in.

White painted aluminium bar for G4000 and G4001 barriers. Section: Ø 60 x 4200 mm / Ø 2,36 x 165,35 in (for areas subject to strong wind).

Red adhesive refracting strips for bars (24-pieces package)

Fitting for G0402 bar.

Impact-resistant red protective rubber, complete with stoppers for G0601 bar.

Package of n. 6 24V signalling lamps for G0401 bars.

Rack for painted aluminium bar for G4000 - G4001 - G6000 - G6001 barriers (2 m / 6,56 ft modules).

Joint for bars. For G4000 - G4001 - G6000 - G6001 barriers.

Fixed support for bar. For G2500 - G4000 - G4001 - G6000 - G6001 barriers.

Mobile support for bar. For G4000 - G4001 - G6000 - G6001 barriers.

Support for applying Doc series photocells on the cabinet. For G4000 - G4001 - G6000 - G6001 barriers.

Accessories for road barrier with 230V A.C. operator - Operators price list -

001G0251

001G0257

Accessories for road barriers with 24V D.C. operator

002LB38

Accessories for road barriers

001G0401

001G0402

001G0461

001G0405

001G0403

001G0460

001G0465

001G0467

001G0462

001G0463

001G0468

The complete range

001G0601

001G0603

001G0602

001G0605

001G04601

Rectangular-section aluminium bar 40 x 100 x 6850 mm / 1,57 x 3,94 x 270 in.For G6000 - G6001 barriers.

Impact-resistant red protective rubber, complete with stoppers for G0601 rectangular bars.

Tubular aluminium bar Ø 100 x 6850 mm Ø 3,94 x 270 in. For G6000 - G6001 barriers(special accessory for areas subject to strong winds).

Fitting for G0602 tubular bar.

Adapter for application of the Kiaro flashing lights (it matches the Kiaros support).

78 79

G4041Z - G4040Z - G4040IZ

G4041Z G4040Z - G4040IZ

340

217332

884

1024

1173

Road barriersThe design of reliability.Gard4 is the new automatic road barrier, engineered to manage vehicular flows in both residential and public throughways.Soft contours and rounded corners to counteract the “sail effect” for a barrier that fits perfectly into adiversity of installation settings.

Gard4 road barriers are designed for openings up to 3.75 m wide, and are the ideal choice to manage vehicle flows in both residential and public throughways. Different versions are available, with 230V A.C. motor, with 24V D.C. motor, in the special AISI304 stainless steel version for those especially critical installations (heavy trafficked areas, near to the sea, in-dustrial zones) and with the innovative G03750 semi-ellipse tubular bar, which is excellent for underground installations or wherever there is not sufficient height for the bar to rotate.

Design, materials, technology.The exclusive built-in flashing light with a lighted LED diffu-ser needs no special mainte-nance and ensures complete visibility of the warning light when the bar is moving.

Protective guard fitted standard.To protect the user against possible risk when the bar is in rotation.

Integration and modularity.The flashing light and photo-cells are fitted directly onto the bar and fit in harmoniou-sly and aesthetically with the system.

Gard4

24V models

The Gard4 series also features models with 24V D.C. gearmotors, which always give maximum performan-ce without compromising safety.

clearance of up to 3,75 mclearance of up to 12 ft

Advantages of Gard4

Limits to useModel

Composition of the bar Max width of passage clearance (m / ft)Bar with shock-resistant profile 3,75 / 12G02803 bar with shock-resistant profile and luminous cord 3,75 / 12Bar with G0465 rack 3,75 / 12Bar with G02803 luminous cord and G0465 rack 3,75 / 12Bar with shock-resistant profile and G02808 mobile support 3,75 / 12Bar with shock-resistant profile, G02803 luminous cord and 3,75 / 12and G02808 mobile supportBar with G0465 rack and G02808 mobile support 3,5/11,5Bar with G02803 luminous cord, 3,5/11,5G0465 rack and G02808 mobile support

230V A.C. 24V D.C.

Depending on the configuration of the accessories required for mounting the boom, different kinds of springs are availableto provide the best possible balance of movement. The table shows the possible combinations of the various accessoriesand the maximum length of the moving boom. Standard issue booms come with transparent profiles and head cap.

Accessories and installation

Colour: G4041Z e G4040Z cabinet Grey textured cod. 053 0837 - COVER RAL9006

Gard4 is also available in the new version with an articulated joint for the G03750 semi-ellipse tubular bar for installations where there is not sufficient height for the bar to rotate.

The articulated bar.

Max width

Passage clearance


Dimensions

G02040 balancing springs - ø 40 mm / 1,57 in



Road

barr

iersComposition of the bar

Bar with shock-resistant profile

G02803 bar with shock-resistant profile and luminous cord

Bar with G0465 rack

Bar with G02803 luminous cord and G0465 rack

Bar with shock-resistant profile and G02808 mobile support

Bar with shock-resistant profile, G02803 luminous cord and G02808 mobile support

Bar with G0465 rack and G02808 mobile support

Bar with G02803 luminous cord, G0465 rack and G02808 mobile support

1,5

5

1,75

5,7

2

6,6

2,25

7,4

2,5

8,2

2,75

9

3

9,8

3,25

10,7

3,5

11,5

3,75

12Max width of passage clearance (ft)

Max width of passage clearance (m)

Technical featuresTypeProtection rating IP54 IP54Power supply (V) (50/60Hz) 230 A.C. 230 A.C.Motor power supply (V) 230 A.C. 50/60Hz 24 D.C.Current draw (A) 1 15 MaxPower (W) 120 300Duty cylce (%) 30 Intensive useTorque (Nm) 220 400Opening time 90° (s) 8 2 ÷ 6Motor’s thermo-protection (°C/°F) 150/302 -Operating temperature (°C/°F) -20 ÷ +55 / -4 ÷ +131120V A.C.- 60 Hz PRODUCTS, PLEASE CHECK OUR PRICE LIST 230V A.C. 24V D.C.

80 81

Gard4 The complete range

Road barrier with 230V A.C. operator and control panel - Operators price list - 001G4041Z

Road barriers 24V D.C. operator and control panel

001G4040Z

001G4040IZ


002LB38

001G03751

001G02808

Accessories for road barrier with 230V A.C. operator

002RSE

Accessories for road barriers with 230V A.C. and 24V D.C. operator

001G02040

001G04060

001G06080

001G02801

001G02802

001G03750




AISI 304 stainless steel with satin finish bar complete with control panel and fitted to take additional accessories.

Card for connecting n. 3 12V-7Ah emergency batteries.

Emergency battery rack.

Mobile support for bars.

Synchronised or “compass” function management card.

Balancing spring ø 40 mm / 1,57 in.



Dome-shaped flashing light.

Support for series Dir photocells.Do not use with barriers with G0465 rack and/or G02808 mobile support.

White painted semi-oval aluminium bar with slot cover and impact-resistant profiles. L = 4 m / 13,12 ft.

001G03752

001G03753

001G02803

001G02804

001G0465

001G02807

001G02809

001G03755DX

001G03755SX

The complete range

Gard4 can also come with an AISI 304 stainless steelcabinet for the applications, when extreme weather conditions make it necessary to protect the duration of the automation.

Also in stainless steel

The control panel is positioned horizontally on the upper part of the cabinet. Just remove the small dome-shaped cover to gain immediate, easy access when performingany scheduled maintenance operations.

Easy maintenance

Road

barr

iers

White painted oval aluminium bar with slot cover profile L = 4 m / 13,12 ft.

Securing flange for G03752 oval bar.

Luminous cord for bar.

Luminous cord cable.

Rack for painted aluminium bar (2 m / 6,56 ft modules).

Fixed support for bar.

Red adhesive refracting strips for bars (20-pieces package).

Joint for G03750 semi-elliptic tubular bar. For right-hand barrier.

Joint for G03750 semi-elliptic tubular bar. For left-hand barrier.


82 83

G2081Z - G2080Z - G2080IZ

G2081Z G2080Z - G2080IZ

493

243

405

1355

1305

914

Road barriersA new concept of automatic barriers.The new Gard8 automatic barrier are the ideal solution for control of roads and parking areas for residential and high-traffic use. Soft contours and rounded corners to counteract the “sail effect” for abarrier that incorporates perfectly into a diversity ofinstallation settings.

Gard8 clearance of up to 7,6 mclearance of up to 25 ft

Modular design.Both flashing light and pho-tocells are applied directly onto the bar and integrate harmoniously and aestheti-cally with the system.

Designed for a range of large openings up to 7,6 m / 25 ft, the new Gard8 barriers are the ideal solution for control of roads and parking areas for residential and public use. The Gard series is available in the 230V A.C. motor and the 24V D.C. motor versions and in the special version with AISI 301 INOX steel cabinet for those especially critical installations such as at motorway toll booths or in areas with high salinity content in the air.

Advantages of Gard8

The 24V models

Design, materials, technology.The exclusive incorporated flashing light with a lighted LED diffuser needs no spe-cial maintenance and ensu-res complete visibility of the warning light.

The protective guard on the bar is a standard feature.Protects the user from possible risk when the bar is moving.

The Gard series also features models with 24V D.C. gearmotors, which always yield maximum performan-ce without compromising safety.

Limits to useModel

Composition of the bar Max width of passage clearance (m / ft)Simple bar 7,6 / 25Bar with G02808 mobile support 7 / 23Bar with G02803 luminous cord 7,6 / 25Bar with G02808 mobile support and G02803 luminous cord 7 / 23Bar with G0465 rack 7 / 23Bar with G0465 rack and G02803 luminous cord 7 / 23

230V A.C. 24V D.C.

Depending on the configuration of the accessories required for mounting the boom, different kinds of springs are available toprovide the best possible balance of movement. The table shows the possible combinations of the various accessories and the maximum length of the moving boom. Standard issue booms come with transparent profiles and head cap.

Accessories and installation

Max width

Passage clearance




Colour :CABINET Grey textured cod. 053 0837 - COVER RAL9006

Dimensions


Composition of the bar

Simple bar

Simple bar and G02808 mobile support

Simple bar and G02803 luminous cord

Bar with G02808 mobile support and G02803 luminous cord

Simple bar and G0465 rack

Simple bar, G0465 rack and G02803 luminous cord

2

6,6

2,5

8,2

3

9,8

3,5

11,5

4

13,1

4,5

14,8

5

16,4

5,5

18

6,5

21,3

7

23

7,6

25Max width of passage clearance (ft)

Max width of passage clearance (m)

Technical featuresTypeProtection rating IP54 IP54Power supply (V) (50/60Hz) 230 A.C. 230 A.C.Motor power supply (V) 230 A.C. 50/60Hz 24 D.C.Current draw (A) 2,8 15 MaxPower (W) 330 300Duty cylce (%) 30 Intensive useTorque (Nm) 250 600Opening time 90° (s) 8 4 ÷ 8Motor’s thermo-protection (°C/°F) 150/302 -Operating temperature (°C/°F) -20 ÷ +55 / -4 ÷ +131120V A.C.- 60 Hz PRODUCTS, PLEASE CHECK OUR PRICE LIST 230V A.C. 24V D.C.

Road

barr

iers

84 85

Gard8The complete range

Road barrier with 230V A.C. operator and control panel - Operators price list - 001G2081Z

Road barriers 24V D.C. operator and control panel

001G2080Z

001G2080IZ


002LB38

001G02805

Accessories for road barrier with 230V A.C. operator

002RSE

Accessories for road barriers with 230V A.C. and 24V D.C. operator

001G02040

001G04060

001G06080

001G02801

001G02802

001G02000

001G04000

001G06000




AISI 304 stainless steel with satin finish bar complete with control panel and fitted to take additional accessories.


Emergency battery rack.

Synchronised or “compass” function management card.




Dome-shaped flashing light.

Support for series Dir photocells.Do not use with barriers with G0465 rack and/or G02808 mobile support.

White painted aluminium tubular bar ø 100 mm / 3,93 in complete with slot cover profile L = 2 m / 6,56 ft.



The complete range

001G06803

001G02803

001G02804

001G0465

001G02807

001G02808

001G02809

001G028011

Gard4 can also come with an AISI 304 stainless steelcabinet for the applications, when extreme weather conditions make it necessary to protect the duration of the automation.

Also in stainless steel

The control panel is positioned horizontally on the upper part of the cabinet. Just remove the small dome-shaped cover to gain immediate, easy access when performingany scheduled maintenance operations.

Easy maintenance

Road

barr

iers

Joint for bar complete with additional insert to attach bar.

Luminous cord for bar.

Luminous cord cable.

Rack for painted aluminium bar (2 m / 6,56 ft modules).

Fixed support for bar.

Mobile support for bars.

Red adhesive refracting strips for bars (20-pieces package).

Break-away fitting for bar.

86 87

G12000

G12000

235

760

58086512000 max

ø120ø100

1000 12

30

Road barriersThe barrier for those special passageways.G12000 is truly out of the ordinary, as barriers go.This is a special version for booms up to 12 m / 40 ft long. It is made to manage industrial loading and unloading passageways, cargo terminals and motorway settings. This is one, exceptional product which fears no other when it comes to reliability and performance.

Gard12 clearance of up to 12 mclearance of up to 40 ft

G12000 is a specifically engineered operator for large clearance industrial passageways. A tube bar of different sections, lets a 12 m / 40 ft passa-geway be opened and closed in just 10 seconds, as is often required in loading and unloading situations.

Double motor, double lasting power. G12000 is equipped with nothing other than 2 operators, which are installed along the same axis and provide remarkable torque.

Advantages of Gard12

Counterweighted balancing.For a safe, reliable boom movement, the system uses a modular counter-weighted balancing system, which needs to be set up according to the length of the boom.

Integration and modularity.A special automation system which perfectly integrates with all the Came command and safety accessories.

24V only

The 24V technology provides Gard12, despite the con-siderable size of the boom that needs to be moved, with the same standard of guarantee and safety provided by the Came models that run on continual current.

Limits to useModel

Max width of passage clearance (m / ft) 12 / 4024V D.C.

Road

barr

iers

The complete range

Dimensions in millimeters (25,4 mm = 1 in)Colour :CABINET Grey textured cod. 053 0837 - COVER RAL9006

Dimensions

Barrier with 24V D.C. operators - Special operators price list -

001G12000

Accessories

001G0121


001G0461

002LB38

White painted galvanized steel barrier complete with control panel.

White painted tubular bar composed of: n. 1 fixed support n. 1 tubular bar L = 6200 mm ø = 120 mm / 244 in = ø 4,72 in. n. 1 tubular bar L = 6000 mm ø = 120 mm / 236 in = ø 4,72 in. n. 1 accessory kit for bar extension.

Red adhesive refracting strips for bars (24-pieces package)


Technical featuresTypeProtection rating IP54Power supply (V) (50/60Hz) 230 A.C.Motor power supply (V) 24 D.C.Current draw (A) 15 MaxPower (W) 300Manoeuvre speed 90° (s) 10Duty cylce (%) 50Torque (Nm) 600Operating temperature (°C/°F) -20 ÷ +55 / -4 ÷ +131120V A.C.- 60 Hz PRODUCTS, PLEASE CHECK OUR PRICE LIST 24V D.C.

88 89

Industrial door operators

Indu

stria

l doo

rop

erat

ors


A

GGF

F DICBCBH

90 91

A

F

G

H

I

B

C

D

F4000 F4024

F4000 F4024

Cbx C-BXETCbx C-BXE24Cbx C-BXT

Cbx C-BXETCbx C-BXE24 Cbx C-BXT

Cbx C-BXETCbx C-BXE24Cbx C-BXT

The models Came provides a full range of gearmotors for large sliding, sectional or folding doors, which

are suited for any type of system; even for extra-large doors, or where limitations of space

are an issue. The tables sums up the full range of products for industrial doors according on

the type of application and the dimensions of the door, other limitations, to help you quickly

choose the best product for the job.

The range

On certain models, the Cbx series includes, an ENCODER-based system to manage the endpoints and to detect any obstacles on the door’s line of movement. This feature consi-derably boosts the system’s level of functio-ning safety.

The T438 transmitter model lets you use no less than 8 remote control possibilities. It is extremely useful in industrial contexts where commands often need to be centralised. It is extremely practical while providing great ran-ge, along with 16 million code combinations.

ENCODER-based solutions for maximum safety Eight channels in one single transmitter

Standard INDUSTRIAL installation

Standard issue


The type of normally required command is the “remote control radio command” which is designed to be fitted withthe required safety devices; such as photocells, sensitive safety edges and flashing light.

ImportantIn industrial passageways and where there are heavy-duty vehicles, such as forklifts, it is always advisable to installinfrared beam photocells, at two different heights, to prevent the doors from possibly closing when vehicles stop in themiddle of the passageway. The double, inner/outer flashing light is also extremely useful.

Operator




Flashing light

Antenna


Hanging release device

Indu

stria

l doo

rop

erat

ors


The scheme shown applies to all Cbx series gearmotors fitted on sectionaldoors with direct transmission


Series Model SWING DOORS - Max leaf width (m / ft) - Max leaf weight (Kg / lb)F4000 F4000 2 - 6,5 / 300 - 660 2 - 6,5 / 300 - 660

2 - 6,5 / 300 - 660 2 - 6,5 / 300 - 660 2 - 6,50 / 300 - 660 YES

Series Model FOLDING DOORS (ONE LEAF) - Max leaf width (m / ft) - Max leaf weight (Kg / lb)F4000 F4000 1,5 - 5 / 200 - 440 1,5 - 5 / 200 - 440

1,5 - 5 / 200 - 440 1,5 - 5 / 200 - 440 1,5 - 5 / 200 - 440 YES

Series Model SLIDING AND SLIDING FOLDING DOORS - Max leaf width (m / ft)Cbx C-BX 11 / 36 11 / 36 11 / 36Cbx C-BXE 5,5 / 18 5,5 / 18 5,5 / 18Cbx C-BXK 11 / 36 11 / 36 11 / 36Cbx C-BXEK 5,5 / 18 5,5 / 18 5,5 / 18

5,5 / 18 5,5 / 185,5 / 18 5,5 / 18 5,5 / 18 YES

11 / 36 11 / 36

Series Model SECTIONAL DOORS WITH “DIRECT GRIP” TRANSMISSION - Max door height (m / ft)Cbx C-BX 5,5 / 18 5,5 / 18 5,5 / 18Cbx C-BXE 5,5 / 18 5,5 / 18 5,5 / 18Cbx C-BXK 5,5 / 18 5,5 / 18 5,5 / 18Cbx C-BXEK 5,5 / 18 5,5 / 18 5,5 / 18

5,5 / 18 5,5 / 185,5 / 18 5,5 / 18 5,5 / 18 YES

5,5 / 18 5,5 / 18

Series Model SECTIONAL DOORS WITH CHAIN TRANSMISSION - Max door height (m / ft)Cbx C-BX 8,5 / 28 8,5 / 28Cbx C-BXE 8,5 / 28 8,5 / 28Cbx C-BXK 8,5 / 28 8,5 / 28Cbx C-BXEK 8,5 / 28 8,5 / 28

8,5 / 28 8,5 / 288,5 / 28 8,5 / 28 8,5 / 28 YES

230V A.C. 24V D.C. 230-400V A.C. 3-phase

Cable length (ft) (m) <10 < 32,8 10 ÷ 20 32,8 - 65,61 20 ÷ 30 65,61- 98,42
















F G F G

D HE E A

I

CBC BC BCB AA

GGF F

HD I

I

CBCBCBCB

92 93

A

F

G

H

I

B

C

D

A

F

G

H

I

B

C

D

No less than 8 channels provide 16 million possible code combinations, making Touch a powerful and reliable transmitter. It is perfect for controlling many applications with just one device. Also, the materials used in making Touch are engineered to give maximum ergo-nomics and ready-to-use, user-friendly use.

The working principle of the Dir photocell re-gulates the cable-fed auto-synchronisation, between the transmitter and the receiver.This function allows for multiple installation requirements that are typical in industrial set-tings, where devices need to be placed at two different heights.

Dir: the synchronised photocell Touch: the 4+4 channel quartz transmitter

Standard INDUSTRIAL installationTRAINED users and positioned on PUBLIC STREET

The type of normally required command is the “remote control radio command” which is designed to be fitted withthe required safety devices; such as photocells, sensitive safety edges and flashing light.The C + D type minimal solution is therefore required.

Standard issueOperator




Flashing light

Antenna



ImportantIn industrial passageways and where there are heavy-duty vehicles, such as forklifts, it is always advisable to installinfrared beam photocells, at two different heights, to prevent the doors from possibly closing when vehicles stop in themiddle of the passageway. The double, inner/outer flashing light is also extremely useful.


The scheme shown applies to all Cbx series gearmotors fitted on either sliding doors or folding-sliding doors.

Standard INDUSTRIAL installation

Standard issue


The type of normally required command is the “remote control radio command” which is designed to be fitted withthe required safety devices; such as photocells, sensitive safety edges and flashing light.The C + D type minimal solution is therefore required.

ImportantIf using EN 12445 – EN 12453 tested gearmotors and control panels, then sensitive safety edges need not be installed,provided that the required impact-force measurements are compliant with the parameters dictated by the Standards.

Operator




Flashing light

Antenna



The CMS, pull-cord release system is the ideal solution to connect hard-to-reach ge-armotors, with its practical shoulder-height command. Indispensable in industrial appli-cations, CMS is made of steel and is protec-ted by a customised key.

Practical and light, SEM-2’s magnetic key is a valid alternative for locally commanding any automation. Especially suitable in industrial settings, SEM-2 is made of aluminium and outer outdoor mounting is standard.

The selector with magnetic key Key-protected safe release

Indu

stria

l doo

rop

erat

ors


The scheme shown applies to all F4000 series gearmotors fitted on folding doors and on hinged, swing doors.

Cable length (ft) (m) <10 < 32,8 10 ÷ 20 32,8 - 65,61 20 ÷ 30 65,61- 98,42
















Cable length (ft) (m) <10 < 32,8 10 ÷ 20 32,8 - 65,61 20 ÷ 30 65,61- 98,42
















94 95

F4000

ZA3C

F4024

ZL19N

F4024

ZL170N

C-BX

C-BXK

F4000

ZC3

ZC3C

C-BXE

C-BXEK

ZCX10

ZCX10C

C-BXE24

ZL80

ZL80C

C-BXET

ZT5

ZT5C

C-BXT

ZT6

ZT6C

F4000

C-BX

C-BXK

ZM3EC

230V A.C. 24V D.C. 230-400V A.C. 3-phase

SA

FE

TY

CO

MM

AN

DF

UN

CT

ION

ALI

TY

Industrial door operators



CARD – PANEL

FUNCTIONAL FEATURES






TOTAL STOP function



ENCODER operation


















Antenna connection















Warning DISPLAY

Electronic BRAKE



Indu

stria

l doo

rop

erat

ors


640

555

194,

5

33,510 42

161

151,

5

96 97

F4000 F4024

F4000 F4024

F4000 - F4024

Folding door operatorsThe operator for any type of folding door.The F4000 operator is specifically engineered for folding doors with slide guides generally found in in-dustrial settings. But, due to its versatility, they are also used in apartment-block settings. The F4000 is also suited to power two-leafed, hinged swing doors, which are typically found in small industrial environ-ments.

F4004 SLIDE ARM

F4000

The F4000 series gearmotors are the ideal solution for whoever needs to automate slide guide folding doors. Attached to the lintel or door leaf, depending on the space available, they provide a safe, linear motion on medium and large doors. They are also well suited for swing doors used in residential premises, and can be used to operate garage doors.

Easy-to-use mounting plate. The F4000 comes with an aluminium alloy mounting plate to enable fast installing to the door leaf or lintel.

Advantages of F4000

One versatile model.F4000 and F4024 are designed for universal left or right installation and so have two entries for the gear shaft.

Even outdoors. The F4000 and F4024 operator are designed for external application and come with weather-resistant gaskets.

F4024 is 24V

Dimensions

The 24V technology boosts the safety level of the system, since it allows you to adjust the run-speed, the end-of-door opening and closing, and above all, due to the electronic obstacle detection function.


Limits to useModelApplication Swing doors with two leaves Folding doorsWidth of door leaf (m / ft) 2 / 6,5 2 / 6,5 1,5 / 5 (single jointed)Weight of door leaf (Kg / lb) 300 / 660 300 / 660 200 / 440

230V A.C. 24V D.C.

230V A.C. operator - Special operators price list -

001F4000


002ZA3C

002ZC3

002ZC3C

002ZM3EC

24V D.C. operator and control panels

001F4024


002ZL170N

002ZL19N

002LB18

Accessories - Special operators price list -

001F4004

001CMS

001C002

The complete range

Indu

stria

l doo

rop

erat

ors


Control panel with radio decoder complete with safety block and buttons.

Control panel with manoeuvre thrust function, built-in radio decoder and self-diagnosing safety devices.

Control panel with manoeuvre thrust function, built-in radio decoder, safety block and buttons and self-diagnosing safety devices.

Multifunction control panel, complete with safety block and buttons, display, built-in radio decoder and self-diagnosing safety devices.


Control panel for one operator with built-in radio decoder.

Control panel for two operators with built-in radio decoder.

Casing with emergency card, fitted to house three 12V - 7 Ah batteries - for ZL170N and ZL19N control panels.

Transmission slide arm and slide guide.

Release handle with customized key and cord reset. L = 7 m / 22,96 ft.

Pendulum release system.

Technical featuresTypeProtection rating IP54 IP54Power supply (V) (50/60Hz) 230 A.C. 230 A.C.Motor power supply (V) 230 A.C. 50/60 Hz 24 D.C.Rotation speed (RPM) 9 9Current draw (A) 1,9 15 MaxPower (W) 235 180Reduction ratio (i) 1/150 1/150Duty cylce (%) 30 Intensive useTorque (Nm) 340 470Operating temperature (°C/°F) -20 - +55 / -4 - +131Motor’s thermo-protection (°C/°F) 150/302 -120V A.C.- 60 Hz PRODUCTS, PLEASE CHECK OUR PRICE LIST 230V A.C. 24V D.C.

C-BX C-BXE C-BXE24 C-BXT C-BXET C-BXK C-BXEK

C-BX C-BXT C-BXE C-BXET C-BXE24 C-BXK C-BXEK

320

240 145

22524,5

120

93*

157*

345

1”

98 99

Industrial door operatorsThe multi-functional automation.Specifically meant for sectional doors that have “direct transmission”, Cbx is also ideal to power all industrial, sliding and sliding-folding doors.A new concept in automation with a whole range of operators to meet all needs: simply and without modifications to the door.

Cbx

All the control panel models and CBX

230-400V3-phase

* C001 accessoryWhen you need maximum power and performan-ce, Cbxs’ tri-phase technology gives the system’s potential a major boost and greater thrust as well as better control of the passive inertia during movement.

Manual opening.The exclusive mechanism for manual manoeuvring is equally at home with hori-zontal or vertical automa-tion.

Free installation.Cbx can be installed verti-cally to the ground, thus solving those frequent lack-of-space issues involving in-dustrial doors.

Electronic control.Some models of the Cbx series feature an encoder for electronic control of the door’s movement, thus gua-ranteeing maximum precision and safety of the automation.

Novel design, plus a compact, essential structure, make the Cbx series an innovative solution when powering every large-sized industrial doors.It comes in no less than 5 models which can be powered by 230V A.C., 24V D.C. and 3-phase 230-400V A.C. The Cbx series is all about details. Also, the winch for the emergency manual procedure, which can be worked from the ground, and the vertical or horizontal installation of the gearmotor, make this product the right solution for those particular needs. The exclusive mechanism for manual manoeuvring is equally at home with horizontal or vertical operator. Designed especially for application on sectional doors, this system allows total opening of the door without triggering the release device.

Advantages of Cbx

Dimensions


230V A.C. operators - Special operators price list -

001C-BX

001C-BXE

001C-BXK

001C-BXEK


002ZC3

002ZC3C

002ZM3EC

002ZCX10

002ZCX10C

230-400V A.C. 3-phase operators

001C-BXT

001C-BXET

The complete range

Indu

stria

l doo

rop

erat

ors

Operator with mechanical endstop (450W).

Operator with encoder (450W).

Operator with mechanical endstop (750W).

Operator with encoder (750W).

Control panel with manoeuvre thrust function, built-in radio decoder and self-diagnosing safety devices. For C-BX and C-BXK operator.

Control panel with manoeuvre thrust function, built-in radio decoder, safety block and buttons and self-diagnosing safety devices. For C-BX and C-BXK operator.

Multifunction control panel complete with safety block and buttons, built-in radio decoder and self-diagnosing safety devices. For C-BX and C-BXK operator.

Control panel with display, built-in radio decoder and self-diagnosing safety devices. For C-BXE and C-BXEK operator.

Control panel complete with safety block and buttons, display, built-in radio decoder and self-diagnosing safety devices. For C-BXE and C-BXEK operator.

Operator with mechanical endstop.


Limits to useModelMax height of sectional door with direct grip transmission (m / ft) 5,5 / 18 5,5 / 18 5,5 / 18 5,5 / 18 5,5 / 18 5,5 / 18 5,5 / 18Max height of sectional door with chain transmission (m / ft) 8,5 / 28 8,5 / 28 8,5 / 28 8,5 / 28 8,5 / 28 8,5 / 28 8,5 / 28Max door width sliding doors and sliding folding doors (m / ft) 11 / 36 11 / 36 5,5 / 18 5,5 / 18 5,5 / 18 11 / 36 5,5 / 18

230V A.C. 24V D.C. 230-400V A.C. 3-phase

Technical featuresTypeProtection rating IP54 IP54 IP54 IP54 IP54 IP54 IP54Power supply (V) (50/60Hz) 230 A.C. 230 A.C. 230 A.C. 230-400 A.C. 3-phase 50/60Hz 230 A.C. 230 A.C.Motor power supply (V) 230 A.C. 50/60Hz 230 A.C. 50/60Hz 24 D.C. 230-400 A.C. 3-phase 50/60Hz 230 A.C. 50/60HzCurrent draw (A) 2,2 2,2 9 Max 2,5 2,5 3,6 3,6Power (W) 450 450 240 780 780 750 750Rotation speed (RPM) 21,5 21,5 26,5 21,5 21,5 21,5 21,5Duty cylce (%) 30 30 50 50 50 30 30Torque (Nm) 60 60 25 80 80 120 120Operating temperature (°C/°F) -20 ÷ +55 / -4 ÷ +131Motor’s thermo-protection (°C/°F) 150 150 - 150 150 150 150120V A.C.- 60 Hz PRODUCTS, PLEASE CHECK OUR PRICE LIST 230V A.C. 24V D.C. 230-400V A.C. trifase

100 101

Cbx230-400V A.C. trhee-phase control panels - Special operators price list -

002ZT5

002ZT5C

002ZT6

002ZT6C

24V D.C. operator

001C-BXE24

24V D.C. control panels

002ZL80

002ZL80C

Accessories

001CMS

009CCT

009CGIU

001C001

001C002

001C003

The complete range

Control panel with display, built-in radio decoder and self-diagnosing safety devices. For C-BXET operator.

Control panel complete with safety block and buttons, display, built-in radio decoder and self-diagnosing safety devices. For C-BXET operator.

Control panel with built-in radio decoder and self-diagnosing safety devices. For C-BXT operator.

Control panel complete with safety block and buttons, built-in radio decoder and self-diagnosing safety devices. For C-BXT operator.


Control panel, complete with display, built-in radio decoder and self-diagnosing safety devices.

Control panel complete with safety block and buttons, display, built-in radio decoder and self-diagnosing safety devices.

Release handle with customized key and cord reset. L = 7 m / 22,96 ft.

1/2 in simple chain for folding and sliding doors.


Winch for manual operations. For sectional doors (chain L = 10 m / 32,8 ft).

Pendulum release system.

Transmission system for sliding doors, complete with shaft with a Z = 26 pinion for hollow gear shaft, chain tightening transmission system, operator securing brackets and door-leaf fixing brackets.

Cbx001C004

001C005

001C006

001C007

001C008

001C009

The complete range

The versions with mechanical endstops are fitted withthe practical micrometric level which enables optimal and constant adjustment of the door closing position.

Permanent micrometric adjustment

The new C-BXE series control panels offer really innovative functions.Here is a summary of the main characteristics:> Encoder electronic control. This enables reliable obstacle sensing, as well as exact adjustment of the “slow-down” and endstops.> Digital programming of the features.With viewing on the display.> Serial command.Enables centralized management and control of the closure through a PC.A standard feature of the CBX is the software that manages up to 16 auto-mation systems.> Reduced thrust.Adjustable slow-down speed in opening and closing operations.> Programming of the differentiated control functions.Opening with automatic command and closing with maintained action command.> Electronic control of movement.With obstacle detection (anti-crushing function).> Comprehensive autotest of all the safety devices.Electronic autotest which checks the working status of the safety devices connected to the system, before approving the impulse to the motor.> Utmost safety even with the gate stopped.

New electronics

Indu

stria

l doo

rop

erat

ors

Chain transmission system for sectional doors (for door leaves higher than 5.5 m / 18,05 ft) complete with shaft with a Z = 26 pinion for hollow gear shaft, Z = 40 pinion with chain and 1/2 in chain joint, and operator securing brackets.

Transmission system for folding doors, complete with shaft with a Z = 26 pinion for hol-low gear shaft, chain tightening transmission system, operator securing brackets and chain hooking for door-leaf pin.

Package of n. 2 pre-holed brackets for sectional doors with spring shaft ø 25.4 mm / 1 in (accessory required in case of installation on a door with a direct-grip operator).

Accessory for sectional doors with a ø 25 mm / 0,98 in spring shaft.

Accessory for sectional doors with a ø 40 mm / 1,57 in spring shaft.

Operator support bracket for sectional doors with a ø 25.4 mm / 1 in(accessory required in case of installation on a door with a direct-grip operator).

102 103

Rolling shutter operators

Rolli

ng s

hutte

rop

erat

ors


104

A CBD H

GF

I

104 105

A

F

G

H

I

B

C

D

The models Rolling shutters are frequently used in commercial operations as well as apartment

blocks settings. Came provides a single unique, extremely versatile solution, to automa-

te small, medium and large-sized shutters. The H series, with single or double motors,

will solve every usage requirement, regardless of the type of pole and spring fitted on the

shutter. The table sums up the full range of rolling-shutter operators according to the lift

force, limits to use and suggested application setting, so that you may choose the best

product for the job.

The H3001 safety container comes complete with the pull-cord outer release system.This is indispensable during power outages. In the key-protected container, there is also a convenient command button to activate the automation.

The ZR24 is Came’s control panel, specifically designed to be installed on rolling shutters.The container’s compact size makes it easy to apply and set up for remote control, and to connect it up to the safety devices, to make it compliant with current technical standards.

External command protected by key The control panel for a compliant installation

Standard installation

Standard issue

These operators, which are usually commanded by an ”automatically releasing” button, still require minimal safetydevices to prevent user risks.

ImportantFor safety reasons it is vital to set up a system with low-voltage commands and that integrate every application with thespecific control panel that can control all safety accessories such as infrared beam photocells and flashing light.

Operator



Control panel

Flashing light

Antenna

External cord-operated release device with command button

Internal cord-operated release device

The range

Rolli

ng s

hutte

rop

erat

ors




Series Model Lift capacity (Kg / lb)H H1003 120 / 265H H1103 120 / 265H H2003 200 / 440 200 / 440 200 / 440H H2103 200 / 440 200 / 440 200 / 440

230V A.C.

Cable length (ft) (m) <10 < 32,8 10 ÷ 20 32,8 - 65,61 20 ÷ 30 65,61- 98,42
















106 107

H

ZR24


CARD – PANEL

FUNCTIONAL FEATURES






TOTAL STOP function



ENCODER operation


















Antenna connection















Warning DISPLAY

Electronic BRAKE



SA

FE

TY

CO

MM

AN

DF

UN

CT

ION

ALI

TY

230V A.C.

Rolling shutter operators


Rolli

ng s

hutte

rop

erat

ors


ø 2

20 -

220

375

115 84

225

275 6535

ø 4

8 -

60

ZR24

108 109

Rolling shutter operatorsNew H, the best solution for rolling shutters.The new automated device of the H series is now even better in terms of the materials used - they are even more reliable and durable.Special care was placed in designing the new movement adjustment system, which is now more precise and easier to adjust while at the same timetaking up less space.

H

New endpoint system

A safe and easy-to-use system in one model, suitable for different types of shutters. The H series operators allow for modular installation without the need to make any adaptations. Also for large-sized applications, the two-motor version increases the lift power. Also available are all the additional accessories such as the electro-block with pull-cord release, for the reversible versions, and the safety container with command button and built-in pull-cord release.

One versatile model.A universal solution for all the applicative needs, thanks to the standard issue adaptors on all its models. The adaptors make installation possible on shutter poles having 48 mm / 1,88 in or 60 mm / 2,36 in diameters, and springs having 200 mm / 7,87 in or 220 mm / 8,66 in diameters.

Advantages of H

The highest possible level of integration.The H1003 and H1103 gear-motors can be coupled with a second motor to increase the lift capacity. Up to 120 Kg and 200 Kg / 265 lb and 441 lb for the two versions with one or two motors.

Installations that are always compliant.The ZR24 control panel is complaint with the current technical safety standards to guarantee installations always compliant. It is also equipped with built-in radio decoding for remote radio control. Dimensions

The gate-run adjustment system has been reenginee-red to yield greater precision and ease when adjusting it, while reducing overall dimensions.


Limits to useModel H1000 H1103 H2000 H2103Lift capacity (Kg / lb) 120 / 265 120 / 265 200 / 440 200 / 440

230V A.C.

230V A.C. operators for shutter post with a diameter from48 mm / 1,88 in to 60 mm / 2,36 in and springs from 200 mm / 7,87 in to 220 mm / 8,66 in - Special operators price list -

001H1003

001H1103

001H2003

001H2103

230V A.C. control panel

002ZR24

Accessories

001H3100

001H3012

001H3001

The complete range

Rolli

ng s

hutte

rop

erat

ors

Technical featuresType H1000 H1103 H2003 H2103Protection rating IP40 IP40 IP40 IP40Power supply (V) (50/60Hz) 230 A.C. 230 A.C. 230 A.C. 230 A.C.Motor power supply (V) (50/60Hz) 230 A.C. 230 A.C. 230 A.C. 230 A.C.Current draw (A) 2,4 2,4 4,5 4,5Power (W) 270 270 500 500Reduction ratio (i) 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150Duty cylce (%) 30 30 30 30Operating temperature (°C/°F) -20 ÷ +55 / -4 ÷ +131Motor’s thermo-protection (°C/°F) 150/302 150/302 150/302 150/302Crown revolutions (RPM) 9 9 9 9For 120V A.C.- 60 Hz PRODUCTS, PLEASE CHECK OUR PRICE LIST 230V A.C.

Self-locking operator complete with cord-release(Lift capacity: 120 Kg / 265 lb).

Reversible operator (Lift capacity: 120 Kg / 265 lb).

Self-locking operator with two motors complete with cord-release (Lift capacity: 200 Kg / 440 lb).

Reversible operator with two motors (Lift capacity: 200 Kg / 440 lb).

Control panel with built-in radio decoder.

230V A.C. reversible motor to combine with H1003 and H1103 operators.

Electroblocker for H1103 - H2103 reversible operators complete with release cord (L = 5 m / 16,4 ft) and handle.

Safety casing for cord-release, complete with handle and command button.

110 111

Parking-space savers

Park

ing-

spac

esa

vers


A AD

G

X

112 113

A

G

X

D

Unipark *UNIP

Cat CAT-X24

Standard issue

The normally requested command type is the “remote control radio command” and the operator in question does not comeunder the types of automatic opening devices described in the reference standards, in that its only scope is that of permittingor denying parking to a vehicle.

ImportantMultiple installations can be set up, using a single control panel to control 4 Unipark barriers.

Operators

Control panel

Antenna

Shunt box

TAM-432SA is the ideal transmitter to com-bine with Unipark and Cat. Its small size and multiuser features make it both practical and multi-functional. The same transmitter can be used for the parking space as well as for ano-ther common function.

Unipark is a smart automation that combines easy installation and user-friendliness within a solid, resistant structure. It offers maximum safety to the user thanks to the amperometric sensor which detects any obstacles.

Small and multi-user Practical, solid and safe!

The models Two useful solutions to guarantee one’s parking space: Unipark and Cat. The mobile

barrier for controlling single or multiple private parking spaces.

Simple to install and use, and extremely durable over time thanks to the best materials

and technologies employed.

Two bright, unique ideas that can be used in all applicative settings. The table sums up

the complete range of parking guard operators for single or multiple spaces, and the

suggested application, to help you quickly identify the right product for the job.

The range



* Unip is combined with ARK1 or ARK2


Series Model Max width of a parking space (m / ft)ARK1 - 2 ARK1 - 2 ARK1 - 2

ARK2 - 2,2 ARK2 - 2,2 ARK2 - 2,2Series Model Type of chain (mm) - Max width of useful passage (m)Cat CAT-X 5 / 16 - 9 / 8 5 / 16 - 9 / 8 5 / 16 - 9 / 8

5 / 16 - 9 / 8 5 / 16 - 9 / 8 5 / 16 - 9 / 8 YES 230V A.C 24V D.C.

Cable length (ft) (m) <10 < 32,8 10 ÷ 20 32,8 - 65,61 20 ÷ 30 65,61- 98,42
















Park

ing-

spac

esa

vers

Le Normative Europee

F G H

A IB CL

F GH

A IC B C BL

114 115

A

F

G

H

I

B

C

L

A

F

G

H

B

C

L

I

Le Normative Europee

The normally requested command type is the “remote control radio command” and the operator in question does not comeunder the types of automatic opening devices described in the reference standards. Given that there is no specific legislationon this matter, for purposes of user safety we believe it necessary to apply our safety devices in accordance with the results of the careful risk analysis we have conducted.

ImportantThe Cat chain barriers are an exclusive Came patent and can fit in perfectly from an aesthetic point of view, with the architec-tural look of historical town centres where, stylish, low profile installations are indispensable.

The normally requested command type is the “remote control radio command” and the operator in question does not come under the types of automatic opening devices described in the reference standards. Given that there is no specific legislation on this matter, for purposes of user safety we believe it necessary to apply our safety devices in accordance with the results of the careful risk analysis we have conducted.

ImportantThe Cat chain barriers are an exclusive Came patent and can fit in perfectly from an aesthetic point of view, withthe architectural look of historical town centres where, stylish, low profile installations are indispensable.

Standard RESIDENTIAL installation Standard RESIDENTIAL installationTRAINED users and positioned on PUBLIC STREET TRAINED users and positioned on PUBLIC STREET



Pillar with gearmotor and built-in control panel



Flashing light

Antenna


Underground chain-protection guide

Pillar with counterweight and chain lug

Standard issue

The TSP01 transponder sensor is made to work with the TST01 cards, or with the handy PCT keyfobs, through the TAG sensors cou-pled to the Top, Atomo, Touch and Twin series transmitters. It can memorise up to 250 cards, and is the ideal solution for multiple-user sy-stems.

The automatic chain barriers can be connec-ted to all the different access control systems to identify, memorise, clear for entry and exit authorised personnel only. Thus, it can mana-ge transits in different company departments or other collective facilities.

Transponder sensor Total entry control

Standard issuePillar with gearmotor and built-in control panel



Flashing light

Antenna


Floor-level chain-protection guide

Pillar with counterweight and chain lug


The working principle of the Dir photocell re-gulates the cable-fed auto-synchronisation, between the transmitter and receiver.This function allows for multiple installation requirements that are typical in industrial set-tings, where devices need to be placed at two different heights.

Dir: The synchronised photocell The CORDLESS digital keyboard

Cable length (ft) (m) <10 < 32,8 10 ÷ 20 32,8 - 65,61 20 ÷ 30 65,61- 98,42
















Cable length (ft) (m) <10 < 32,8 10 ÷ 20 32,8 - 65,61 20 ÷ 30 65,61- 98,42
















Park

ing-

spac

esa

vers

Tavole riassuntive delle funzioni

116 117

CAT-X24

ZL37C

UNIPARK

ZL22

CAT-X

ZC5


CARD – PANEL

FUNCTIONAL FEATURES






TOTAL STOP function



ENCODER operation


















Antenna connection















Warning DISPLAY

Electronic BRAKE



SA

FE

TY

CO

MM

AN

DF

UN

CT

ION

ALI

TY

Parking-space savers

230V A.C. 24V D.C.



Park

ing-

spac

esa

vers

ARK2ARK1

450

350 920

490

800

490

990

552

118 119

ARK1 ARK2

Unip

ARK1-ARK2

Unipark

Parking space saver barrier with a 24V D.C. operator - Special operators price list -

001UNIP

Accessories

001ARK1

001ARK2

24V D.C. control panel

002ZL22

Accessories

002LM22

002LB22

The complete range

Parking-space saversToday reserving your parking space is possible.The Unipark automatic barrier is Came’s innovativeidea when it comes to reserving one’s own parkingspace in any residential or business context.Convenient and practical, it is made out of galvani-sed steel and is varnished to last over time. The tran-smitter makes the bar lower and raise automatically, so there’s no need to get out of the vehicle.

It is ideal for all those situations that require private or staff parking spaces to be safeguarded, for any residential or workplace application. It makes it possible to raise and lower the bar by simply using the transmitter.It comes in two different models that adapt to one gearmotor. Unipark makes it possible to control parking spaces even in critical applications, and offers long-lasting reliability over time.

2 models to meet all needs.Besides the ARK1 version with the standard barrier, the system is also available with the ARK2 barrier, which is larger, to better cover the area that needs to be reserved, for parking spaces wider than 2 m / 6,5 ft.

Advantages of Unipark

One control panel for 4 parking spaces.It is possible to connect extension cards. Up to 4 Uniparks can be connected to the same control panel.

Dimensions

24V only

Private parking spaces.An innovative idea to reserve one’s parking space, in any setting, whether residential or collective.


Unipark’s 24V technology enhances the system’s safety factor, thanks to its electronic, obstacle detection feature, which blocks movement of the barrier if it touches the vehicle while closing.

Self-locking operator complete with fixing plate.

“Small” barrier.

“Large” barrier.

Control panel for one barrier with built-in radio decoder. Possibility of controlling up to 4 barriers with n. 3 additional LM22 cards.

Motor-management extension card.

Card for connecting n. 2 12V-1.2Ah emergency batteries with rack.

Limits to useModel

Max width of parking space (m / ft) Max width of parking space (m / ft)2 / 6,5 2,5 / 8,2

24V D.C.


Protection rating IP54Power supply (V) (50/60 Hz) 230 A.C.Motor power supply (V) 24 D.C.Current draw (A) 1,7 MaxPower (W) 20Manoeuvre time (s) 10Duty cylce (%) Intensive useResistance to crushing (Kg/cm² / lb/in²) 2,5/0,85Colour RAL 1028Operating temperature (°C/°F) -20 ÷ +55 / -4 ÷ +131120V A.C.- 60 Hz PRODUCTS, PLEASE CHECK OUR PRICE LIST 24V D.C.

Park

ing-

spac

esa

vers

230

280

280

230

280

780

520

BREVETTATO PATENTE BREVET PATENTA

DO

PAT

ENTE

D

120 121

CAT-X CAT-X24

CAT-X CAT-X24

Max width of passage

clearance

Chain road barriersThe ideal solution for historical centres.A high-technology product designed to comply with the strictest architectural requirements such as hi-storical centres. Cat is an innovative idea to reserveone’s parking space, in any setting, whether resi-dential, industrial or collective.

Cat clearance of up to 8 m and 16 mclearance of up to 26 ft and 53 ft

Cat is a unique operator and is available in both the 230V and 24V versions. The motor pillar, with the control panel and gearmotor, and the pillar with the counterweight, are joined by a chain, which lowers automatically and disappears into the ground guide. Cat boasts all of Came’s inventive tech-nology; it is easy to install, can be fitted anywhere and does not require any prior set ups.

Perfect integration.Thanks to its design, Cat is the ideal solution for selecting passages in historical centres and exclusive residential areas.

Advantages of Cat

An additional service as well.The chain barrier is the ideal solution to delimit parking areas in order to restrict their use to unauthorized personnel or outside of regular hours.

Top level performance!Entirely made of steel, it can withstand accidental impacts and its ground guides guarantee excellent protec-tion to the lowered barrier chain.

Dimensions

24V only

Unipark’s 24V technology enhances the system’s safety factor, thanks to its electronic, obstacle detection and chain-speed movement adjustment features. The24V Cat is also the most suitable operator for intensive use applications


230V A.C. chain barrier - Special operators price list -

001CAT-X

24V D.C. chain barrier

001CAT-X24

Chain barrier bollard

001CAT-I


002LB38

- Special operators price list -

001CAT-5

001CAT-15

001CAR-2

001CAR-4

The complete range

Bollard with built-in operator and control panel.

Bollard with built-in operator and control panel.

Bollard with counterweights and chain hooking.

Card for connecting n. 3 12V-7Ah emergency batteries (for CAT-X24).

9 mm / 0,35 in genua-type chain for clearances up to 8 m / 26 ft.

5 mm / 0,19 in genua-type chain for clearances up to 16 m / 53 ft.

Floor-level chain-protection guide (length: 2 m / 6,56 ft).

Underground chain-protection guide (length: 2 m / 6,56 ft).

Limits to useModel

Type of chain Max width of passage clearance (m / ft) Max width of passage clearance (m / ft)Genua 9 mm / 0,35 in 8 / 26 8 / 26Genua 5 mm / 0,19 in 16 / 53 16 / 53

230V A.C. 24V D.C.


Protection rating IP54 IP54Power supply (V) (50/60 Hz) 230 A.C. 230 A.C.Motor power supply (V) 230 A.C. 50/60 Hz 24 D.C.Current draw (A) 2,7 10 MaxPower (W) 300 240Manoeuvre time (s) 11 9 ÷ 14Duty cylce (%) 30 Intensive useTraction force (Kg/lb) 50/110 50/110Colour CABINET Grey textured cod. 053 0837 - COVER RAL9006Operating temperature (°C/°F) -20 ÷ +55 / -4 ÷ +131120V A.C.- 60 Hz PRODUCTS, PLEASE CHECK OUR PRICE LIST 230V A.C. 24V D.C.

Park

ing-

spac

esa

vers

122 123

Accessories

Acce

ssor

ies


124 125

The models Modern automation requires integrating the controls with safety devices that optimise

said system’s performance. Above all, this ensures maximum efficiency and peace-of-

mind for the user. For all system types and requirements Came offers a wide range

of devices designed to solve all issues concerning safety, in compliance with current

European Standards. The tables sum up the complete range of command and safety

accessories and their main features.

In the following pages, the features of all the accessories are described, making it easier

and quicker to choose the right product.

The range

Main features

Remote control radio command

Thanks to its ergonomic shape, the transmit-ter is practical to use, and prevents acciden-tal commands from being sent.

For installations that cannot use normal snap-in cards, such as for controlling garden lighting or sprinklers, Came offers outside receivers or radio modules, with 2 or 4 channels, powered by 12 – 24V D.C. or 230V A.C. and which are diversified according to the frequency used.

Sensitive keys. The external receivers

Acce

ssor

ies

Multi-user system.A different code can be asso-ciated to each button on thetransmitter. This gives controlover independent systems, even within the same effective range.

Self-learning of the radiocode “from the transmitterto the receiver”.This function allows code memorisation of a device in the receiver.

Approved devices.All Came radio systems areapproved for use in bothEuropean and non-Europeancountries.

Self-learning of the radiocode “from transmitter totransmitter”.This function allows a tran-smitter to copy onto a new one. It permits the creation of transmitters with the same code.

TRANSMITTERS

Series Model Number of keys Frequency (MHz) FeaturesAtomo AT01 1 433,92 rolling codeAtomo AT02 2 433,92 rolling codeAtomo AT04 4 433,92 rolling codeTam T432 2 433,92Tam T434 4 433,92Tam T438 4+4 433,92Tam TAM-432SA 2 433,92Tfm T152 2 30,900Tfm T154 4 30,900Tfm T158 4+4 30,900Top 433,92 TOP-432NA 2 433,92Top 433,92 TOP-434NA 4 433,92Top 433,92 TOP-432A 2 433,92

Top 433,92 TOP-434A 4 433,92

Top 433,92 TOP432S 2 433,92Top 868,35 TOP-862NA 2 868,35Top 868,35 TOP-864NA 4 868,35Top 30,900 TOP-302A 2 30,900Top 30,900 TOP-304A 4 30,900Top 30,900 TOP-3022M 2+2 30,900Touch TCH-4024 4 40,685Touch TCH-4048 4+4 40,685Twin TIW02 2 433,92Twin TIW04 4 433,92

TX

RX

A

BC

D

TX

RX

A

B

C

D

TX

RX

A

BC D

D

126 127

Infrared-beam photocells

They are meant as a natural complement to photocell mounting. Chosen materials, elegant and accurate design, they are always perfectly integrable in any applicative context.

The working principle of the Dir photocell re-gulates the cable-fed auto-synchronisation, between the transmitter and receiver. This function allows for multiple installation requi-rements that are typical in industrial settings, where devices need to be placed at two dif-ferent heights.

Accessories

Example of perimeter coverage on a swing gate with CORDLESSphotocells.A = DBC01 receiverB = DBC01 transmitterC = DBC03 repeaterD = DBC04 repeater

Example of perimeter coverage on a road barrier with CORDLESSphotocells.A = DBC01 receiverB = DBC01 transmitterC = DBC03 repeaterD = DBC04 repeater

Application schemes for swing gates and road barriers

Main features

Dir: the synchronised photocell

Synchronised infraredbeam.“Synchronisation via cable” is possible between each pair of transmitters and receivers, allowing for multiple installa-tions even in proximity of each other or at double heights without the risk of in-terference.

The CORDLESS photocells.No prior fittings required andguaranteed perimeter protec-tion on the moving area of the gate.

The integrated system.The integrated Db + Df system can control the traffic zone and that behind the sliding gate leaves. Infrared beam technology can work with sensitive edges installed on the gate leaf, thereby solving the risk of accidental contact with the gate and does away with complicated cable laying.

INFRARED-BEAM PHOTOCELLS

Series Model Range (m/ft) Power supply (V) FeaturesDoc DOC-I 18 / 59,05 12-24 A.C.-D.C.Doc DOC-E 18 / 59,05 12-24 A.C.-D.C.Dir DIR10 10 / 32,8 12-24 A.C.-D.C.Dir DIR20 20 / 65,61 12-24 A.C.-D.C.Dir DIR30 30 / 98,42 12-24 A.C.-D.C.Db DBC01 10 / 32,8 Tx batteries 4 x 1,5 AAA10Db DBC03 10 / 32,8 batteries 4 x 1,5 AAA10Db DBC04 10 / 32,8 batteries 4 x 1,5 AAA10Db DBS01 10 / 32,8 Tx batteries 4 x 1,5 AAA10Db DBS02 10 / 32,8 Tx batteries 4 x 1,5 AAA10Db DBCT 10 / 32,8 batteries 4 x 1,5 AAA10

Also for sliding gate leaves.Thanks to the integrated Db + Df system, safety edges can be installed on the sliding-gate leaves for their opening and closing phases.

Entirely deformable.Thanks to its special, mechanism inside of the sensitive, safety borders, Df are entirely deformable along their entire length and have no rigid parts.This guarantees top protective efficacy.

On swing leaves.Installed vertically on the end of the gate leaf or across thegate’s fixed part to protect the area just behind the gate’s movement range.

Safety sensitive edges

The Df models are patented by Came and are built in compliance with the EN 12978 and EN 954-1 European Standards, provi-ding systems that are always certified and compliant.

The Df sensitive edges come in various sizes and are ready to install, or they can also be assembled up to maximum of 6 m / 19,68 ft in length.

Certified and patented product Various models for all needs

Find in the diagram a possible application of the Db+Df integrated sy-stem on a sliding gate.A = Pair of photocells - DBS02 (TX)B = Pair of DBS02 photocells (RX)C = Additional DBCT transmitting moduleD = Safety sensitive edges - Df series

Application schemes for sliding gates

Main features

Acce

ssor

ies

SAFETY SENSITIVE EDGES

Series Modell Operation Length (m/ft) Connected accessoriesDf DF15 Mechanical contact 1,5/4,92 Db seriesDf DF17 Mechanical contact 1,7/5,57 Db seriesDf DF20 Mechanical contact 2/6,56 Db seriesDf DF25 Mechanical contact 2,5/8,2 Db series

117 46,5

379,583,5

38

50

80

75,5

128 129

WA01 WA02 WI08

Home automationA small, home-automation genius.Wave lets you control all the automated appliances in your home, from the gate to the garage door, from your garden lights to the drapes and shutters, from programming the sprinkler system to the air conditio-ning. Wherever you are, Wave opens and closes, turns on and off the electronics of your home.

Wave up to 200 users

Oled technology.Wave’s viewing screen is ma-de of energy-saving, high-visi-bility OLED diodes, which ma-ke it easy to browse among the integrated software’s fun-ctions.

Dimensions

Stand alone and access control

Handy, quick buttons.Wave’s face-palte is fitted with standard buttons with which you can directly control the device.

Universal mounting.Wave fits perfectly into the regular, 3 module hold-all boxes. Simple, modular ap-plication – anywhere in the home.

• Command of up to 5 automatic devices through radio signal or relay.• Programmable alarm clock over two time zones.• Thermostat function to adjust the temperature.• Visual display of room temperature, date and time.• Timer can program no less than 16 time zones and relay or radio signal activation. For example: turning on the indoor lights, garden lights, burglar alarm, timed gate opening, garden sprinkler.• “Stand alone” access control function, as a transponder card sensor, for up to 200 users. Its software provides you with a visual display of each user’s information and requested service (e.g. checking residual credit for membership or active scalar cards).• Integrated clock back-up battery.• Multi-language menu.• Password protected by alphanumeric code for programming access, or, alternatively, by transponder card.• Possibility to connect to the WI08 to control up to 8 WA02s.• Possibility to connect the WA01 to the RBM84 access control.

Advantages of Wave

Wave come in two different models: WA01 stand alone, for domestic use or coupled with the RBM84 access control system, and WA02 – which can be coupled with the WI08 card, for multiple connections of up to 8 devices.


230V A.C. 433,92 MHz radio control unit - Parking systems and access control price list -

001WA01

001WA02

001WI08


001TST01

009PCT

009TAG

The complete range

Acce

ssor

ies

Home automation transponder sensor with built-in “stand-alone” transmitter (Max 200 users).

Home automation transponder sensor with built-in transmitter for WI08 (Max 200 users).

Interface unit to connect up to n. 8 WA02.

Proximity card - ISO7810 - 7813 format.

Proximity key fob.

Glass transponder bulb for TSP01 (it can be housed on TOP-432NA - TOP-434NAAT01 - AT02 - AT04, Twin, Atomo and Touch series).

Technical featuresTypeProtection rating IP40 IP40 IP54Power supply (V) 230 A. C. 50/60 Hz 12 A.C. 230 A.C. 50/60 HzFrequency (MHz) 433,92 433,92 -230V relay range (A) 1,5 - 5Operating temperature (°C/°F) -20 ÷ +55 / -4 ÷ +131Material ABS - PC - PA6 - PMMA ABS - PC - PA6 - PMMA ABS - PC - PA6 - PMMA120V A.C.- 60 Hz PRODUCTS, PLEASE CHECK OUR PRICE LIST 230V A.C. 12V A.C.

B

H

P

Q

130 131

Control accessoriesSwitch selectors.A complete line of products for opening and closingcommands. Many solutions to meet the scores of diversified application needs but, also to offer products that always meet the users’ real needs. Allmade of die-cast aluminium, the Set series’ selectors are sturdy and made to withstand breaking and entering and vandalism.

Set

Came’s range of command selector switches spans over 7 models. They differ according to type of command and function. From the simple metal key-switch selector, the version featuring a practical and lightweight magnetic key which couples safety of the customised command to the choice of differentiating over multiple users with personally coded cards or keyfobs.TSP01, in fact, memorises up to 250 different transponders, an essential feature in multiple-user systems used in apartment blocks.

Open with the “transponder”.The TSP01 transponder sensor is made to work with the TST01 or, alternatively, with the handy PCT keyfobs, through the TAG sensors coupled to the transmitters predisposed.

Advantages of Set

Also with magnetic key.The SEM-2 model with magnetic key lets you use a practical and lightweight, coded key.

Highly resistant materials.All of the models are made of die-cast aluminium to be more resistant and long-la-sting. They come in both the surface-mounted and flush- mounted versions.

Dimensions


Model and dimensions (mm / in) B H P Q

SET-I 70 / 2,75 70 / 2,75 73 / 2,87 13 / 0,51SET-E - SET-EN 70 / 2,75 70 / 2,75 86 / 3,38 13 / 0,51SET-K 70 / 2,75 70 / 2,75 73 / 2,87 13 / 0,51SET-J 70 / 2,75 70 / 2,75 45 / 1,77 13 / 0,51TSP01 70 / 2,75 70 / 2,75 43 / 1,69 13 / 0,51SEM-2 70 / 2,75 70 / 2,75 86 / 3,38 13 / 0,51SMA - SMA2 23 / 0,90 94 / 3,7 92 / 3,62PCT 33 / 1,29 49 / 1,92 4 / 0,15TST01 ISO 7810 - 7813

Selectors - Accessories price list -

001SET-I

001SET-E

001SET-EN

001SET-K

001SET-J

001SEM-2

001SEC

001TSP01

001TST01

009PCT

009TAG

009SMA

009SMA2

001CLM

001CSS

001CLMN

001CSSN

Acce

ssor

ies

Technical featuresType SET-I SET-E / SET-EN SET-J SET-K SEM-2 TSP01 SMA / SMA2Protection rating IP54 IP54 IP54 IP54 IP54 IP54 -Contacts range (A - V) 1 - 24 1 - 24 3 - 24 3 - 24 1 - 24 5 - 24 5 AMax. no. of cards - - - - - 250 -Operating temperature (°C/°F) -20 ÷ +55 / -4 ÷ +131Material Alu alloy Alu alloy Alu alloy Alu alloy Alu alloy ABS ABS

Flush-mounted key switch with aluminium alloy casing and DIN lock cylinder.

Surface-mounted key switch with aluminium alloy casing and DIN cylinder.

Black-varnished, surface-mounted key switch with aluminium alloy casing and DIN cylinder.

Flush-mounted key switch with aluminium alloy casing, lock protecting flap-door and cylinder.

Surface-mounted key switch with aluminium alloy casing, lock protecting flap-door and cylinder.

Surface-mounted magnetic key switch with aluminium alloy casing.

Code magnetic key.

Stand-alone transponder for card, key-fob and TAG reader for up to 250 users.


Proximity key fob.

Glass transponder bulb for TSP01 (it can be housed on TOP-432NA - TOP-434NAAT01 - AT02 - AT04, Twin, Atomo and Touch series).

One-channel magnetic loop-detector sensor.

Bi-channel magnetic loop-detector sensor.

Natural anodized aluminium post H = 1 m / 3,28 ft with tamper-proof support for SEM-2.

Natural anodized aluminium post for SET-I - SET-K - TSP01. H = 1 m / 3,28 ft.

Black anodized aluminium post H = 1 m / 3,28 ft with tamper-proof support for SEM-2.

Black anodized aluminium post for SET-I - SET-K - TSP01. H = 1 m / 3,28 ft.

The complete range


S0004N

115 87

225

62 124

84

S0001 - S0002

B

H

P

Q

132 133

S5000 S6000 S7000 S9000

Control accessoriesThe safe and functional digital keypad.Came’s digital selectors command an automated system through a personal numeric code. Safe andeasy-to-use thanks to a technology which allows control to take place outside of the keyboard, they are built of steel and provide a guarantee of reliability and durability, while at the same time doing away with traditional keys.

Digital

The code’s security is protected by millions of numerical combinations and by its “electronic breach proof” system which blocks the devices use even when breached. Also available is the S9000 special version. Cordless and employing radio frequency technology, it is especially suited for settings where no wiring exists or would be difficult to install. The Digital series selectors are a valid alternative to do away with any worries about carrying keys around.

Highly resistant materials.All of the models are built in die-cast aluminium and stainless steel for resistance, durability and reliability over time.

Advantages of DigitalUser-friendly and illuminated.For practical use in any out-door automation device in unlit areas, the S5000 ver-sion is fitted with courtesy lights that light up the keypad.

No prior fittings.The S9000 cordless model is specifically designed to solve any installation issues when the setting lack prior set ups or where it is difficult to position/lay cables.

Model and dimensions (mm / in) B H P QS5000 80 / 3,14 130 / 5,11 40 / 1,57 -S6000 70 / 2,75 70 / 2,75 73 / 2,87 13 / 4,84S7000 70 / 2,75 70 / 2,75 51 / 2 13 / 4,84S9000 70 / 2,75 70 / 2,75 32 / 1,25 13 / 4,84


Dimensions

Keypad selectors - Accessories price list -

001S5000

001S6000

001S7000

001S9000

001S0001

001S0002

001S0004N

Accessories

001CSS

001CSSN

The complete range

Acce

ssor

ies

Galvanized and painted steel surface-mounted keypad with illuminated panel. 16,777,216 combinations.

Flush-mounted keypad. 1,679,616 combinations.

Surface-mounted keypad. 1,679,616 combinations.

433,92 MHz surface-mounted radio keypad with 4 storable codes and programming-access password. Compatible with AF43S - AF43SM - RE432 - RBE4MT radio receivers. 1,562,500 combinations (390,625 possible combinations for each code.).

One-channel card for S5000 - S6000 - S7000 (1 memorizable code).

Bi-channel card for S5000 - S6000 - S7000 (2 memorizable codes).

4-channel card for S5000 - S6000 - S7000. Possibility of radio controlling the 1st channel. (4 memorizable codes).

Natural anodized aluminium post H=1 m / 3,28 ft for S6000 - S9000.

Black anodized aluminium post H=1 m / 3,28 ftfor S6000 - S9000.

TypeProtection rating IP54 IP54 IP54 IP54Power supply (V) 12-24 A.C.-D.C. 12-24 A.C.-D.C. 12-24 A.C.-D.C. 1 battery GP23A 12V D.C.Combinations 16,777,216 1,679,616 1,679,616 1,562,500Frequency (MHz) - - - 433,92Code ciphres 8 Max 6 Max 6 Max 8 MaxOperating temperature (°C/°F) -20 ÷ +55 / -4 ÷ +131Material Alu alloy - Painted steel

24V A.C.-D.C.120V A.C.- 60 Hz PRODUCTS, PLEASE CHECK OUR PRICE LIST

Technical features

76 130

170

70

134 135

KIARO24NKIARO24IN

KIARON KIAROIN KIAROLXN KIARO24N KIARO24IN

Safety accessoriesThe smart flashing-light.Modern design, attractive materials, luminous ef-ficiency and a special integrated functionality that give periodic maintenance warnings. Thanks to Kia-ro series of flashing ligths not only high safety stan-dards are guaranteed but also other features that make it much more than just a flashing light.

Kiaro

Dimensions

The Kiaro series flashing lights the result of thoughtful and precise, accurate engineering, are built with extremely high-quality, durable materials. They are designed to meet the application needs of modern, automated installa-tions. Besides the traditional movement-warning function, the KIAROIN and KIARO24IN models, are also equipped with a special “cycle-counter” circuit, which keeps count of a pre-set limit. This innovative and unique function is extremely useful in programming periodic maintenance jobs.

Maximum modularity when mounting.The radio antenna can be integrated and mounted on either side of the flashing light.

Advantages of Kiaro

The assistant flashing light.The KIAROIN and KIARO24IN flashing lights can be set to warn when the system has performed, 5,000, 10,000, 20,000 or 50,000 operations. It is an automatic solution for programming the system’s routine maintenance sche-dule.

Dedicated accessories.The KIAROS modular, wall-mounting bracket is designed to work in any possible instal-lation scenario. Adjustments: 90°- 180°- 270°.


Limits to useModel Lamp (W) Power supply (V)

KIARON 25 230 A.C. 50/60 HzKIAROLXN 6 (XENON) 230 A.C. 50/60 HzKIAROIN 25 230 A.C. 50/60 Hz

25 24 A.C.-D.C.25 24 A.C.-D.C.

230V A.C. 24V D.C.

230V A.C. flashing lights - Accessories price list -

001KIARON

001KIAROLXN

001KIAROIN

24V A.C.-D.C. flashing lights

001KIARO24N

001KIARO24IN

Accessories

001KIAROS

The complete range

Acce

ssor

ies

Flashing light.

Flashing light with xenon lamp.

Flashing light with manoeuvres counter function.

Flashing light.

Flashing light with manoeuvres counter function.

Wall fixing bracket.

Technical featuresTypeProtection rating IP54 IP54 IP54 IP54 IP54Power supply (V) 230 A.C. 50/60 Hz 230 A.C. 50/60 Hz 230 A.C. 50/60 Hz 24 A.C.-D.C. 24 A.C.-D.C.Dimensions (mm/in) 130x170x76 / 5,11x6,69x2,99 130x170x76 / 5,11x6,69x2,99 130x170x76 / 5,11x6,69x2,99 130x170x76 / 5,11x6,69x2,99 130x170x76 / 5,11x6,69x2,99Lamp power (W) 25 25 6 25 25Duty cylce (%) 50 50 50 50 50Operating temperature (°C/°F) -20 ÷ +55 / -4 ÷ +131Material ABS – Polycarbonate ABS – Polycarbonate ABS – Polycarbonate ABS – Polycarbonate ABS – Polycarbonate120V A.C.- 60 Hz PRODUCTS, PLEASE CHECK OUR PRICE LIST 230V A.C. 24V A.C.-D.C.

101

190

46

136 137

Safety accessoriesSensitive edges for total protection.Required by current safety norms, the sensitive, safety edges, are the answer to the multiple active protection requirements, in terms of mechanical risk in automated systems. Came offers a host of ready-to-install and customisable solutions; all depending on the requirements of the system in need of auto-mation.

Df

Even on sliding gates, thanks to Db.The DB CORDLESS photocells are allow you to use the Df sensitive edges even on the moving gate leaves of sliding gates, on the front and back of the actual leaf.

Entirely deformableThanks to its special mechanism inside of the sensitive, safety edges, Df are entirely deformable along their entire length and have no rigid parts. This guarantees top protective efficacy.

Certified and patented product.The Df models are patented by Came and are built in compliance with the EN 12978 and EN 954-1 European Standards, yielding systems that are always certified and compliant.

Today, completing a certified automation system is vitally important. This is true for both the installer who carries out the job as well as the client who wants to guarantee its safe use. Came meets these needs with many speci-fically designed solutions, all of which comply with European Standards and are tested according to strict company standards that place safety at the top of the list when creating every new product. The Df sensitive safety-edges are, therefore, along with all the other dedicated accessories, the optimal solution to raise system safety and quality to the highest possible levels.

Advantages of Df

Limits to useModel DfMax length (m/ft) 6 / 19,6Max speed at leaf edge (m / min ) ( ft / min) 12 / 39,37

Dimensions


up to 6 mup to 19,68 ft

Max length of the profile to assemble = 6 m / 19,68 ft

Safety sensitive edges - Accessories price list -

001DF15

001DF17

001DF20

001DF25

001CMP

001TMF

001TMF6

001DFI

Cable collecting device

001BRC15

001BRCP

Safety sensitive edges

009CP30

001PPA

001PPC

009TBP

009TP30

The complete range

Acce

ssor

ies

Technical featuresType DF15 - DF17 - DF20 - DF25 CP30Protection rating IP54 IP54Max. length (m/ft) 6/19,6 4/13,1224V relay Max range (A) 1 -Operating temperature (°C/°F) -20 ÷ +55 / -4 ÷ +131Material TPE 65 Short A TPE 65 Short A

Safety sensitive mechanical edge (length 1.5 m / 4,92 ft).


Safety sensitive mechanical edge (length 2 m / 6,56 ft).


Rubber and aluminium profile for maximum 4÷6 m / 13,12÷19,68 ft long DF sensitive edges.

Set of caps and mechanisms for maximum 4 m / 13,12 ft long DF safety sensitive edges.

Set of caps and mechanisms for maximum 6 m / 19,68 ft long DF safety sensitive edges.

Self-diagnosing card for DF electrical connections.

Power cable collecting device for safety sensitive edges for sliding gates of 15 m / 49,21 ft in length.

Aluminium profile for extension L = 5.10 m / 16,73 ft to couple with a BRC15. Application example: on 15 m / 49,21 ft sliding gate set up n. 1 BRC15 + n. 3 BRCPs.

Rubber and aluminium profile for pneumatic sensitive edges. H = 30 mm / 1,18 in.

N.O. contact pressure-switch.

N.C. contact pressure-switch.

Connector tube for PPC and PPA.

Rubber cap for pneumatic sensitive edges H = 30 mm / 1,18 in.


DOC-E

70 34

70

46 23

108

DIRDOC-I

70

70

13

DOC-S DIR-S

Ø 4

5

45

108

Ø 6

0

73

138 139

DIR10 DIR20 DIR30 DOC-I DOC-E

DOC-I DOC-E DIR10 - DIR20 - DIR30

Safety accessoriesInfrared-beam photocells.Vitally important for compliance with European Stan-dards, Came photocells are specifically designed to provide effective control of a door’s or gate’s area of movement.This is a necessary accessory to guarantee safety standards in any setting.

Doc-Dir

Doc is the most widely used series of photocells for all applications. It gives considerable range and outer or flush-mounteding. Dir is the new, infrared beam, synchronised photocell that cuts out interferences. Its special wiring between transmitter and receiver, makes it possible to overcome any limits that the installation may present.Yielding remarkable savings in terms of time and cables, the Dir can be easily installed, even in systems fitted with a host of devices, such as those found in industrial settings.

Doc. The Doc series comes in both the surface-mounted and flush-mounted versions. Its compact dimensions and easy-to-install features make these devices extremely versatile and suitable in all possible scenarios.

Advantages of Doc-Dir

Dir.The Dir series offers maximum modularity when mounting thanks to a complete range of accessory profiles. These are especially designed to be installed in any possible setting.

Protection against impacts.DIRZ, a useful accessory when the photocell needs to be protected from potential impacts against it. It safe-guards the system’s safety.

Dimensions

Limits to useModel

Max range (m / ft) 10 / 32,8 20 / 65,61 30 / 98,42 18 / 59,05 18 / 59,0512V-24V A.C.-D.C.


Doc Series photocells - Accessories price list -

001DOC-I

001DOC-E

Doc series accessories

009DOC-S

001DOC-R

001DOC-L

001DOC-LN

Dir series infrared photocells with synchro-beam

001DIR10

001DIR20

001DIR30

Dir series accessories

001DIR-S

001DIRZ

001DIR-L

001DIR-LN

001DIR-P

001DIR-PN

The complete range

Acce

ssor

ies

Pair of flush-mounted photocells complete with casing. Range: 18 m / 59,05 ft.

Pair of flush-mounted photocells. Range: 18 m / 59,05 ft.

Flush-mounted casing.

Steel support for DOC-E (for pillar surface mounting).

Natural anodized aluminium post. H = 0.5 m / 1,64 ft.

Black anodized aluminium post. H = 0.5 m / 1,64 ft.

Pair of photocells. Range: 10 m / 32,8 ft.



Flush-mounted casing.

Aluminium alloy impact-proof protection.



Natual anodized aluminium extension for DIR-L H = 0.5 m / 1,64 ft post. To apply on double pair of Dir photocells.

Black anodized aluminium extension for DIR-LN H = 0.5 m / 1,64 ft post. To apply on double pair of Dir photocells.

Technical featuresTypeProtection rating IP54 IP54 IP54Power supply (V) 12-24 A.C.-D.C. 12-24 A.C.-D.C. 12-24 A.C.-D.C.Max range (m/ft) 18/59,05 18/59,05 10 - 20 - 30/32,8 - 65,61 - 98,4224V relay Max range (A) 1 1 124V A.C. current draw (mA) 60 60 60Operating temperature (°C/°F) -20 ÷ +55 / -4 ÷ +131Material ABS – Polycarbonate ABS – Polycarbonate ABS – Polycarbonate

12V-24V A.C.-D.C.120V A.C.- 60 Hz PRODUCTS, PLEASE CHECK OUR PRICE LIST

140

52 25

TX

RX

A

BC

D

TX

RX

A

B

C

D

140 141

DBC01 DBC03 DBC04

DB

Safety accessoriesSafety, quick, everywhere.The Db series’ CORDLESS photocells, are a revolutio-nary way to install protection. Even, when not initially planned for. This saves on expensive digging and ma-sonry work. The Db also lets you, thanks to the repea-ter modules, have ‘perimeter’ coverage on all types of automation devices.

Db

The Db is the new bidirectional CORDLESS photocell which does away with any issues related to the fittings needed for mounting and cable conduits. It is a battery-operated device, efficient and provides continual service with little consumption. Also, thanks to its bidirectional capability, it lets you save on the number of components, used while increasing safety the level.

Easy installation.Today, CORDLESS techno-logy makes using safety de-vices much more flexible. It especially favours the instal-lation of systems that will provide total peace-of-mind to the end users.

Advantages of Db

Bi-directional beam.The DBC03 and DBC04 mo-dules are able to both recei-ve and transmit an infrared beam that is modulated on orthogonally situated axes. This very feature enables them to provide perimeter protection.

Battery powered. The DBC01 transmitter and DBC03 and DBC04 repea-ters run on regular 1.5 Volt batteries, which give long-li-fe to the devices.

Dimensions


NOTES: Usl n. 4 1,5V AAA batteries (min 1000 m)

Limits to useModelMax range (m / ft) 10 / 32,8 10 / 32,8 10 / 32,8

12V-24V A.C.-D.C.

Db series photocells - Accessories price list -

001DBC01

001DBC03

001DBC04

Accessories

001DB-L

001DB-LN

The complete range

Acce

ssor

ies

Pair of surface-mounted cordless monodirectional infrared photocells.Range: 10 m (1 receiver + 1 transmitter with batteries)

Surface-mounted bi-directional infrared repeater module with batteries (side receiver + front transmitter). Range: 10 m / 32,8 ft.

Surface-mounted bi-directional infrared repeater module with batteries (front receiver + side transmitter). Range: 10 m / 32,8 ft.



Application schemes

Example of perimeter coverage on a swing gate with CORDLESS photocells.A = DBC01 receiverB = DBC01 transmitterC = DBC03 repeaterD = DBC04 repeater

Example of perimeter coverage on a road barrier with CORDLESS photocells.A = DBC01 receiverB = DBC01 transmitterC = DBC03 repeaterD = DBC04 repeater

Technical featuresTypeProtection rating IP54Power supply (V) 12-24 A.C.-D.C. (RX - DBC01)Batteries (V) 4 x 1,5 AAA LR03Max range (m/ft) 10/32,824V relay Max range (mA) 500Current draw DBC01 transmitter 70µA - DBC01 receiver = 50mA (24V A.C.) - DBC03 = 150µA - DBC04 = 150µAOperating temperature (°C/°F) -20 ÷ +55 / -4 ÷ +131Material ABS – Polycarbonate

12V-24V A.C.-D.C.120V A.C.- 60 Hz PRODUCTS, PLEASE CHECK OUR PRICE LIST

25

71 71

46

150

TX

RX

A

BC D

D

TX

RX

A

B

D

140

52 25

DBS01 - DBS02 DBCT

142 143

DBS01 DBS02 DBCT

DBS01 - DBS02 - DBCT

Integrated safety systemThe safety sensitive edges on sliding gates.Today, on the Db series photocells and Df sensitive edges, you can install active protections even on sli-ding gates’ moving leaves as required by the Europe-an Standards.This result is an original Came solution to heighten the safety level on both the passage zone and the space behind the moving gate leaf.

Db+Df

Dimensions

Ready for integral mounting on sliding gate operators of the Bx-243, Bx and Bk series, the Db photocells are the answer to increased safety requi-rements in sliding gate systems.The battery-powered operation of the transmitting modules conveniently does away with the problem of complex mobile cabling. The system can be more easily set up while at the same time providing greater guarantees for those using the automated thresholds.

Battery powered.All of the transmitters are powered by regular 1.5 Volt batteries, which ensure long periods of operation. This feature does away with the need for complex cabling operations, which would, otherwise, be required.

Advantages of Db+Df

Patented product.The Db+Df integrated sy-stem is an exclusive Came patent.

Add on to the BX-243, Bx and Bk series The receiver is cabled direct-ly to the gearmotor control board and can receive the modulated, infrared beam on opposite axes. This feature makes it possible to install sensitive edges on both en-ds of the sliding gate-leaf.


NOTES: Usl n. 4 1,5V AAA batteries (min 1000 m)

Limits to useModelMax range (m) 10 / 32,8 10 / 32,8 10 / 32,8Max speed at leaf edge (m/min.) (ft/min) 12 / 39,37 12 / 39,37 12 / 39,37

24V A.C.-D.C.

Find in the diagram an example of standard installation on a sliding gate withCORDLESS photocells.A = DBC01 pair of photocellsB = DBC01 pair of photocellsD = Safety sensitive edge - Df series

Find in the diagram a possible application of the Db+Df integrated system on a sliding gate.A = DBS02 Pair of photocells (TX)B = DBS02 Pair of photocells (RX)C = Additional DBCT transmitting module D = Safety sensitive edges - Df series

Connection systems for Df safety sensitive edges - Accessories price list -

001DBS01

001DBS02

001DBCT

The complete range

Application schemes

Acce

ssor

ies

Pair of cordless bi-directional infrared photocells with single contact output. Built-in receiver and external transmitter with batteries, for Bx-243, Bx and Bk series operators (Max range: 10 m / 32,8 ft).

Pair of cordless bi-directional infrared photocells with double contact output. Built-in receiver and external transmitter with batteries, for Bx-243, Bx and Bk series operators (Max range: 10 m / 32,8 ft).

Surface-mounted battery-charged transmitter module to combine with DBS02 (Max range: 10 m / 32,8 ft).

Technical featuresTypeProtection rating IP54Power supply (V) 24 A.C.-D.C. (RX)Batteries (V) TX - n° 4 da 1,5V AAA min.1000mAhMax range (m/ft) 10 / 32,8Current draw (mA a 24V A.C.) 48 (RX) - 70 (TX)Operating temperature (°C/°F) -20 ÷ +55 / -4 ÷ +131Material ABS - Polycarbonate

24V A.C.-D.C.120V A.C.- 60 Hz PRODUCTS, PLEASE CHECK OUR PRICE LIST

RE432RC

115 87

106

46

225

23

RBE4RC

144 145

Atomo 433,92 MHz rolling code

Remote control radiocommandTotal safety.A blend of design and technology, this elegant, ergonomic product that employs attractive materials and is above all safe.Atomo exploits “rolling code” technology, which varies with each impulse and guarantees maximum security and secrecy of the emitted signal.

Double function.The Atomo can be integrated with a TAG transponder sensor which, when placed in the transmitter, lets you use the transmitter as a transponder card.

Easy “self-learning”.Atomo can memorise the code from the transmitter to the receiver through its “radio self-learning function.”

The internal batteries.The transmitters of the Atomo series are powered with lithium micro batteries.

Upon each command impulse, a code, which always differs among over 4 billion, possible combinations, is emitted using a sophisticated algorithm that only its respective receiver can decode. Atomo includes a double encoding control: added safety, to make this product truly impossible to copy. It comes in the 1, 2 and 4 channel versions, and is the perfect solution when you need to integrate various controls into one device: the gate, the garage door operator, the garden lighting and much more still, thanks to small, outdoor receivers which can be located anywhere.

Advantages of 433,92 MHz Atomo

Limits to useModel Range (m / ft)AT01 50 ÷ 150 / 160 - 500AT02 50 ÷ 150 / 160 - 500AT04 50 ÷ 150 / 160 - 500

Dimensions


433,92 MHz rolling code transmitters - Accessories price list -

001AT01

001AT02

001AT04

433,92 MHz rolling code receivers

001AF43SR

001RE432RC

001RBE4RC

Accessories

001TOP-A433N

001P3V

009TAG

001TOP-RG58

The complete range

Acce

ssor

ies

One-channel rolling code transmitter. 4,294,967,896 combinations.

Bi-channel rolling code transmitter. 4,294,967,896 combinations.

4-channel rolling code transmitter. 4,294,967,896 combinations.

Plug-in radio frequency card for max. 25 transmitters.

12 - 24V D.C. IP54 surface-mounted bi-channel receiver for max. 25 transmitters.

12 - 24V D.C. IP54 surface-mounted 4-channel receiver for max. 500 transmitters, com-plete with 1 AT04 transmitter (master).

Antenna.

Package of n. 2 x 3V D.C. CR2016 lithium batteries.

Glass transponder bulb for TSP01 (it can be housed on TOP-432NA - TOP-434NA - AT01 - AT02 - AT04, Twin, Atomo and Touch series).

Antenna cable.

Technical featuresType AT01 AT02 AT04Frequency (MHz) 433,92 433,92 433,92Batteries 2 x CR2016 Lithium 2 x CR2016 Lithium 2 x CR2016 LithiumDimensions (mm/in) 32 x 68 x 13 / 1,25 x 2,67 x 0,51 32 x 68 x 13 / 1,25 x 2,67 x 0,51 40 x 85 x 12 / 1,57 x 3,34 x 0,47Combinations 4,294,967,896 4,294,967,896 4,294,967,896Operating temperature (°C/°F) -20 ÷ +55 / -4 ÷ +131Material ABS ABS ABSWeight (g/oz) 16/0,56 16/0,56 22/0,77120V A.C.- 60 Hz PRODUCTS, PLEASE CHECK OUR PRICE LIST

RE432

115 87

106

46

225

23

RBE4N - RBE42 - RBE4MT

146 147

Remote control radiocommandElegance, design and technology for multi-user applications.In just 12 grams* Came has concentrated all of its technology and know-how by making a transmitter that offers 16 million code combinations, standard multi-user function, and practicality, all in one handy transmitter. *(0,42 oz)

Tam 433,92 MHz

Tam is a complete series of 4 models, ranging from 2 to 8 channels, all in multi-user mode and fitted with encoding for 16 millions possible combina-tions. The receivers to be coupled come in 6 models, from the snap-in cards for Came panels with built-in radio decoding to the outer-type 2 or 4 channel cards – even with multi-code storing. The RBE4MT receiver allows you to manage and store up to 999 different transmitter codes, thus simpli-fying multi-user management.

Standard multi-user mode.All of the models can emit dif-ferentiated codes per key. Excellent for those applica-tions where multi-user mode is a must, such as in apartment block settings.

Advantages of 433,92 MHz Tam

Easy coding.TAM-432SA lets you memo-rise codes from “transmitter to transmitter” through its radio-encoding function. So you can easily generate copies if you have the origi-nal.

The multi-user radio systemIn both industrial and aparta-ment block installations, it is often necessary to have a radio receiver that can ma-nage differentiated codes. The RBE4MT is the answer to this need. It comes com-plete with a display on which to monitor up to 999 codes and features a back-up fun-ction.

Limits to useModel Range (m / ft)TAM-432SA 50 ÷ 150 / 160 - 500T432 50 ÷ 150 / 160 - 500T434 50 ÷ 150 / 160 - 500T438 50 ÷ 150 / 160 - 500

Dimensions


433,92 MHz transmitters - Accessories price list -

001TAM-432SA

001T432

001T434

001T438

433,92 MHz receivers

001AF43S

001AF43SM

001RE432

001RBE4N

001RBE42

001RBE4MT

Accessories

001TOP-A433N

001P3VB

001TOP-RG58

The complete range

Acce

ssor

ies

Technical featuresType TAM-432SA T432 T434 T438Frequency (MHz) 433,92 433,92 433,92 433,92Batteries 2 x CR2016 Lithium 1 x 12V AAA battery 1 x 12V AAA battery 1 x 12V AAA batteryDimensions (mm/in) 24 x 68 x 12,5 / 0,94 x 2,67 x 0,49 45 x 92 x 15 / 1,77 x 3,62 x 0,59 45 x 92 x 15 / 1,77 x 3,62 x 0,59 45 x 92 x 15 / 1,77 x 3,62 x 0,59Combinations 16,777,216 16,777,216 16,777,216 16,777,216Operating temperature (°C/°F) -20 ÷ +55 / -4 ÷ +131Material ABS ABS ABS ABSWeight (g/oz) 12/0,42 44/1,55 46/1,62 46/1,62

Bi-channel multi-user transmitter. 16,777,216 combinations with self-learning function.

Bi-channel multi-user transmitter. 16,777,216 combinations.

4-channel multi-user transmitter. 16,777,216 combinations.


Plug-in radio frequency card.

Plug-in radio frequency card with eeprom to store up to 128 codes (users)

Bi-channel surfac-mounted receiver. IP54, 12 - 24V A.C. - D.C.

4-channel surface-mounted multiuser radio module. IP54, 12 - 24V A.C. - D.C.

4-channel surface-mounted radio receiver. IP54, 230V A.C.

4-channel surface-mounted multiuser receiver to store up to 999 codes (users).IP54, 12 – 24V A.C. – D.C.

Antenna.

Package of n. 2 3V D.C. CR1620 lithium batteries (for TAM-432SA).

Antenna cable.


115 87

225

RBE4N - RBE42

148 149

Remote control radiocommandUp to 8, handy channels.In just 34 grams*, Came has concentrated all of its technology and know-how, by making a transmitter that offers 16 million code combinations, standard multi-user function, and practicality in one handy device to control up to 8 different automation devices. *(1,19 oz)

Tfm 30,900 MHz


001T152

001T154

001T158


001AF150

001RBE4N

001RBE42

Accessories

001TOP-A309N

001TOP-RG58

The complete range

Acce

ssor

ies

The modulated frequency radio signal is generically less sensitive to any external interference and provides for greater range compared to other transmission systems. The Tfm series offers this feature together with the standard multi-user function. It also allows you to encode the transmitters via cable, by connecting them to the receiver. Simplified operations, espe-cially in systems where many transmitters are using one code.

Standard multi-user mode.All of the models can emit dif-ferentiated codes per key. For those applications where mul-ti-user mode is a must, such as in apartment block set-tings.

Advantages of 30,900 MHz Tfm

“Via cable” coding.The T432 – T434 and T438 models can be connected up by cable to the RBE4N recei-ver to simplify encoding proce-dures when there are many identical transmitters, such as in apartment block or industrial settings.

Up to 8, handy channelsThe T158 model of the Tfm 30,900 MHz series lets you control up to 8 different channels in just one device, thanks to the lateral selector switch.

Limits to useModel Range (m / ft)T152 50 ÷ 200 / 160 - 650T154 50 ÷ 200 / 160 - 650T158 50 ÷ 200 / 160 - 650

Dimensions

Technical featuresType T152 T154 T158Frequency (MHz) 30,900 30,900 30,900Batteries 1 x 12V AAA battery 1 x 12V AAA battery 1 x 12V AAA batteryDimensions (mm/in) 45 x 92 x 15 / 1,77 x 3,62 x 0,59 45 x 92 x 15 / 1,77 x 3,62 x 0,59 45 x 92 x 15 / 1,77 x 3,62 x 0,59Combinations 16,777,216 16,777,216 16,777,216Operating temperature (°C/°F) -20 ÷ +55 / -4 ÷ +131Material ABS ABS ABSWeight (g/oz) 34/1,19 56/1,97 56/1,97





12 - 24V A.C.-D.C. IP54 surface-mounted 4-channel radio module..

230V A.C. IP54 surface-mounted 4-channel radio module.

Antenna.

Antenna cable.



RE432

115 87

106

46

225

23


150 151

Remote control radiocommand“Easy” and handy transmitters.The Top 433,92 MHz radio systems are specifically designed to meet all the needs of modern automa-tion systems. Elegant design, little dimensions and multi-user capability are the key features of these transmitters.

Top 433,92 MHz


001TOP-432NA

001TOP-434NA

001TOP-432A

001TOP-434A

001TOP-432S


001AF43S

001AF43SM

001RE432

001RBE4N

001RBE42

001RBE4MT

Accessories

001TOP-A433N

001P3V

009TAG

001TOP-RG58

The complete range

Acce

ssor

ies

Complete with a good 5 transmitter models and 6 different receivers, the 433,92 MHz Top series is a top quality solution that brings together refined design and ergonomic features together with all of Came’s technology in remote controls. The solution for radio controlling any type of installation, being this residen-tial or condominial.

Standard multi-user mode.TOP-432NA and TOP-434NA can emit differentiated codes on any of the keys - for those multi-user applications, such as apartment block.

Easy coding.The 433,92 MHz Top series lets you memorise codes from “transmitter to transmitter” through its radio-encoding function. So, you can easily generate copies if you have the original. (TOP-432NA and TOP434NA)

Double function.The TOP-432NA and TOP-434NA models can be inte-grated with the TAG sensor so you may use the transmit-ters as transponders toge-ther with the TSP00 and TSP01 devices.

Limits to useModel Range (m / ft)TOP-432NA 50 ÷ 150 / 160 - 500TOP-434NA 50 ÷ 150 / 160 - 500TOP-432A 50 ÷ 150 / 160 - 500TOP-434A 50 ÷ 150 / 160 - 500TOP432S 50 ÷ 150 / 160 - 500

Dimensions


Technical featuresType TOP-432NA TOP-434NA TOP-432A TOP-434A TOP-432SFrequency (MHz) 433,92 433,92 433,92 433,92 433,92Batteries 2 x CR2016 Lithium 2 x CR2016 Lithium 1 x 12V AAA battery 1 x 12V AAA battery 1 x 12V AAA batteryDimensions (mm) 32 x 68 x 13 40 x 85 x 12 45 x 92 x 15 45 x 92 x 15 31 x 65 x 15Dimensions (in) 1,25 x 2,67 x 0,51 1,57 x 3,34 x 0,47 1,77 x 3,62 x 0,59 1,77 x 3,62 x 0,59 1,22 x 2,55 x 0,59Combinations 4,096 4,096 1,024 1,024 1,024Operating temperature (°C/°F) -20 ÷ +55 / -4 ÷ +131Material ABS ABS ABS ABS ABSWeight (g/oz) 16/0,56 22/0,77 44/1,55 45/1,58 25/0,88

Bi-channel multi-user transmitter 4,096 combinations with self-learning feature.

4-channel multi-user transmitter 4,096 combinationswith self-learning feature.

Bi-channel transmitter 1,024 combinations.

4-channel transmitter 1,024 combinations.

Bi-channel miniaturized transmitter 1,024 combinations.


Plug-in radio frequency card with eeprom to store up to 128 codes (users).

12 - 24V A.C.-D.C. IP54 surface-mounted bi-channel receiver.

12 - 24V A.C.-D.C. IP54 surface-mounted 4-channel radio module.


12 - 24V A.C. - D.C. IP54 surface-mounted 4-channel multi-user receiver to store up to 999 codes (users).

Antenna.

Package of n. 2 x 3V D.C. CR2016 lithium batteries (for TOP-432NA - TOP-434NA).

Glass transponder bulb for TSP01 (it can be housed on TOP-432NA - TOP-434NA - AT01AT02 - AT04, Twin, Atomo and Touch series).

Antenna cable.

Advantages of 433,92 MHz Top


RE862

115 87

106

46

225

23


152 153

Top 868,35 MHz

Remote control radio command“Easy” and handy transmitters.Top 868,35 MHz transmitters are becoming a must to meet the needs of modern automation systems. It has a stylish and chic design and little dimen-sions. A full series of standard features like multi-user capability and self-learning mode. Ideal for residential users found in apartment blocks. 868,35 MHz transmitters - Accessories price list -

001TOP-862NA

001TOP-864NA


001AF868

001RE862

001RBE4N

001RBE42

Accessories

001TOP-A862N

001P3V

009TAG

001TOP-RG58

The complete range

Acce

ssor

ies

868,35 Top transmitter is a high quality product characterised by its special ergonomic style and extra design. All of Came’s technology is included in such small dimensions. It is meant for residential environments like apartment blocks.

Standard multi-user mode.TOP-862NA and TOP-864NA can have differentiated codes on any of the keys - for those multi-user applications like residential environments.


Easy coding.The 868,35 MHz Top series lets you memorise codes from “transmitter to transmitter” through its radio-encoding function. So, you can easily generate copies if you have the original.

Double function.The TOP-862NA and TOP-864NA models can be inte-grated with the TAG sensor so you may use the transmit-ters as transponders in toge-ther with the TSP00 and TSP01 devices.

Limits to useModel Range (m / ft)TOP-862NA 50 ÷ 150 / 160 - 500TOP-864NA 50 ÷ 150 / 160 - 500

Dimensions


Technical featuresType TOP-862NA TOP-864NAFrequency (MHz) 868,35 868,35Batteries 2 x CR2016 Lithium 2 x CR2016 LithiumDimensions (mm) 32 x 68 x 13 40 x 85 x 12 Dimensions (in) 1,25 x 2,67 x 0,51 1,57 x 3,34 x 0,47Combinations 4,096 4,096Operating temperature (°C/°F) -20 ÷ +55 / -4 ÷ +131 -20 ÷ +55 / -4 ÷ +131Material ABS ABSWeight (g/oz) 16/0,56 22/0,77

Bi-channel multi-user transmitter 4,096 combinations with self-learning feature.

4-channel multi-user transmitter 4,096 combinations with self-learning feature.





Antenna.



Antenna cable.


RE301

115 87

106

46

225

23

RBE4N - RBE42

154 155

Acce

ssor

ies

Top 30,900 MHz

Remote control radiocommandThe digitally encoded transmitter.The Top 30,900 MHz series transmitters are all fitted with digital encoding. This technology permits the emitted radio code to be managed using the same keys found on the radio command. This guarantees security and ease-ofuse.

The signal emitted by the transmitters of the Top 30,900 MHz series is quartz modulated. This provides for maximum selectivity and precision. In the entire series, moreover, the radio commands are free of the traditional encoding “Dip switches” so the code is well-protected even if the device is opened. Among the various models we find the double encoding version for small, multi-user settings like residential users found in apartment blocks or homes.

Digital coding.The digital encoding function makes it possible to use the transmitter’s buttons to in-sert codes. The system the-reby makes the code unrea-dable in the event the transmitter is opened.


Double encoding.Top-3022M model has been designed for those little mul-ti-user applications, like resi-dential contexts. Each pair of buttons can be encoded with a different code.

The internal battery.The transmitters of the Top 30,900 MHz series are po-wered by a regular 12V AAA battery.

Dimensions

Limits to useModel Range (m / ft)TOP-302A 50 ÷ 150 / 160 - 500TOP-304A 50 ÷ 150 / 160 - 500TOP-3022M 50 ÷ 150 / 160 - 500


001TOP-302A

001TOP-304A

001TOP-3022M


001AF30

001RE301

001RBE4N

001RBE42

Accessories

001TOP-A309N

001TOP-RG58

The complete range

Bi-channel transmitter 1,024 combinations.

4-channel transmitter 1,024 combinations.

Bi-channel multi-user transmitter 1,024 combinations.


12 - 24V A.C.-D.C. IP54 surface-mounted one-channel receiver



Antenna.

Antenna cable.

Technical featuresType TOP-302A TOP-304A TOP-3022MFrequency (MHz) 30,900 30,900 30,900Batteries 1 x 12V AAA battery 1 x 12V AAA battery 1 x 12V AAA batteryDimensions (mm/in) 58 x 113 x 23 / 2,28 x 4,44 x 0,9 58 x 113 x 23 / 2,28 x 4,44 x 0,9 40 x 88 x 20 / 1,57 x 3,46 x 0,78Combinations 1,024 1,024 1,024Operating temperature (°C/°F) -20 ÷ +55 / -4 ÷ +131Material ABS ABS ABSWeight (g/oz) 16/0,56 22/0,77 30/1,05



RE432

115 87

106

46

225

23

RBE4N - RBE42

156 157

Acce

ssor

ies

The elegant, multi-functional 8-channel transmitter.Touch offers over 16 million possible combinations of code, to be used over 8 different channels. This is a stylish, elegant and particularly ergonomic product. Made of polished polycarbonate and a “Soft Touch” rubber contour. Touch is not just another transmitter – it also transmits style... as well as radio signals.

Touch 40,685 MHz

Remote control radiocommand

Diversified luminous warnings.Depending on the operating channel, the transmitter sends a red signal for the first channel sequence, and a light-blue one for the second.

Sensitive keys.Touch’s ergonomics makes this transmitter easy to use. It is equipped with sensitive keys, which are protected from accidental pressing.

Harmonized frequency.Touch’s transmission frequency was chosen among the range normally employed in European and non-European countries.No problems, therefore, in case of particular application settings.

Dimensions

Touch is the latest, new generation transmitter that exploits both quartz technology and practicality for multi-user applications. Just one transmitter for all of the automated devices, at home and at work: pedestrian passage ways, overhead garage doors, parking guards, indoor and outdoor lights, and shutters. A single Touch instead of a host of local commands.


Advantages of 40,685 MHz Touch

Limits to useModel Range (m / ft)TCH-4024 50 ÷ 150 / 160 - 500TCH-4048 50 ÷ 150 / 160 - 500

40,685 MHz transmitters - Accessories price list - 001TCH-4024

001TCH-4048


001AF40

001RE402

001RBE4N

001RBE42

Accessories

001TOP-A40

001TOP-RG58

009TAG

The complete range

2 + 2 channel multi-user transmitter 16,777,216 combinations with self-learning function.

4 + 4 channel multi-user transmitter 16,777,216 combinations with self-learning function.


12 - 24V A.C.-D.C. IP54 surface-mounted bi-channel receiver



Antenna.

Antenna cable.


Technical featuresType TCH-4024 TCH-4048Frequency (MHz) 40.685 40.685Batteries 1 x 12V AAA battery 1 x 12V AAA batteryDimensions (mm/in) 40 x 86 x 17 / 1,57 x 3,38 x 0,66 40 x 86 x 17 / 1,57 x 3,38 x 0,66Combinations 16,777,216 16,777,216Operating temperature (°C/°F) -20 ÷ +55 / -4 ÷ +131Material Polycarbonate - Rubber Polycarbonate - RubberWeight (g/oz) 45 45120V A.C.- 60 Hz PRODUCTS, PLEASE CHECK OUR PRICE LIST

RE432TW

115 87

106

46

225

23

RBE4N - RBE42

158 159

Acce

ssor

ies

More protection, more convenience.With the new Twin series Came transmitters it is possible to prevent non-authorized copying of buttons by setting a “password code” (KEY CODE).It is also possible to use the transmitter with the 433,92 MHz Top and Tam mode.

Remote control radiocommand

Twin 433,92 MHz

Advantages of 433,92 MHz TwinKEY CODE.The protection code of the device is inserted using the dip-switches. Then, the code is activated with the transmitter buttons. The buttons on the TWIN coded transmitter cannot be duplicated without knowing the secret code.

KEY CODE protected self-learning mode.The code self-learning function from one transmitter to another makes it possible – only for those who know the code inserted by dip-switch – to create several copies of a device using the same Key Code.

Compatible with Top and Tam.If they are used without Key Code, Twin transmitters are compatible with 433.92 MHz Top and Tam series receivers, also simultaneously (i.e.: a key on Top and one on Tam)

The new Twin multi-user transmitters are available in the 2 or 4 button versions, they are programmable in standard mode – which is compatible with the Top and Tam series receivers – or “KEY CODE” to protect the device from unau-thorised duplication; a TAG transponder bulb may also be inserted to work with the TSP00 and TSP01 sensors. Twin is provided with standard issue encoding and the code is chosen among 4 billion possible combinations.

Limits to useModel Range (m / ft)TWIN2 50 ÷ 150 / 160 - 500TWIN4 50 ÷ 150 / 160 - 500

Dimensions


433,92 MHz transmitters with KEY CODE - Accessories price list -

001TWIN2

001TWIN4


001AF43TW

001RE432TW

001RBE4N

001RBE42

Accessories

001TOP-A433N

001P3V

001TOP-RG58

009TAG

The complete range

Technical featuresType TW02 TW04Frequency (MHz) 433,92 433,92Batteries 2 x CR2016 lithium 2 x CR2016 lithiumDimensions (mm/in) 32 x 68 x 13 / 1,25 x 2,67 x 0,51 32 x 68 x 13 / 1,25 x 2,67 x 0,51Combinations 4,294,967,896 4,294,967,896Operating temperature (°C/°F) -20 ÷ +55 / -4 ÷ +131Material ABS ABSWeight (g/oz) 16/0,56 16/0,56

2 channel multi-user transmitter 4,294,967,896 combinations with KEY CODE.

4 channel multi-user transmitter 4,294,967,896 combinations with KEY CODE.





Antenna.


Antenna cable.



160 161

Automatic swingand sliding doors


Auto

mat

ic s

win

gan

d sl

idin

g do

ors

A E D

BC CB

GG

162 163

Fly PB1100

Fly PB2100

Corsa Corsa 1 Corsa Corsa 2 Rodeo Rodeo 1 Rodeo Rodeo 2

A

B

C

D

E

G

H

The modelsAutomatic doors are an added value product for all facilities, be it residential, office, or

commercial. Convenience, prestige, safety, usability, space-enhancement, and image,

are just some of the remarkable advantages offered.

Simultaneously sleek and functional, Came automatic doors make life easier right from

the planning phase, when one can choose the best possible door automation solution in

order to best fit the given situation.

Came’s automation devices and state-of-the art engineering, transform today’s door

from a barrier into a modern convenience.

The table sums up the complete range of sliding and swing doors, to provide a quick

reference guide for easy product choice.

The range

Use INTENSIVE USE

Series Model Max weight of door leaf/ves (Kg / lb) Max width of door leaf/ves (m / ft)250 / 550 0,8 / 2,6 YES200 / 440 1 / 3,2 YES150 / 330 1,2 / 4 YES

250+250 / 550+550 0,8+0,8 / 2,6+2,6 YES200+200 / 440+440 1+1 / 3,8+3,2 YES150+150 / 330+330 1,2+1,2 / 4+4 YES

75 / 165 YES 75+75 / 165+165 YES 125 / 280 YES

125+125 / 280+280 YES 24V D.C.


Standard installation FOR 2-LEAF swing doors

Automatic doors are the automated products that serve the greatest number of users in terms of transit-volumes.These being predominantly of pedestrian nature. It is vital to carefully consider the minimum safety issue-devicesto raise the safety level and guarantee usage-intensity.

ImportantThe equipment shown in the diagram is for information purposes only and the control accessories, such as theradar and sensors, must be evaluated according to the actual needs of the installation.


Standard IssueOperators with control panel



Function selector

Safety and command radar

Touch sensor


The MR8334 - MR8370 - MR8390 safety ra-dars with anti-masking technology detect the presence of people on the space behind the moving gate leaf. A good protection for those critical applications when a high level of safety is required.

The devices for automatic doors can be connected to the different access control sy-stems that, memorise, clear for entry and exit only authorised personnel and manage traffic transits throughout the various departments of a company or in any other public building.

Safety radar Total entry control

Cable length (m) (ft) <10 < 32,8 10 ÷ 20 32,8 - 65,61 20 ÷ 30 65,61- 98,42


Function selector 7x0,5mm² 7xAWG20 7x0,5mm² 7xAWG20 7x0,5mm² 7xAWG20

Touch sensor 4x1mm² 4xAWG17 4x1mm² 4xAWG17 4x1mm² 4xAWG17



Auto

mat

ic s

win

gan

d sl

idin

g do

ors

D HG EF IA

BC CB

A F

BC

F

CBD HG

I

164 165

A

B

C

D

E

G

H

G

F

I

A

B

C

D

E

G

H

I


Standard issueOperators with control panel



Function selector

Safety radar

Command radar

Touch sensor


Inner pull-chord release for electro-release

Standard installation FOR 1-LEAF sliding doors




The MS9502 sensor allows the “touch” com-mand to operate swing or sliding automatic doors. A device specifically designed for ap-plications requiring a ‘local’ command that can be activated even without using one’s hands. A typical example, for hygienic rea-sons, would be medical centres.

The touch sensor The CORDLESS digital keypad


Standard issueOperators with control panel



Function selector

Safety and command radar

Touch sensor


Inner pull-chord release for electro-release

Standard installation FOR 2-LEAF sliding doors



Corsa and Rodeo operators can be fitted with the Mi special device to give the doors a built-in panic exit bar function.It provides an emergency exit using the swing opening of the door leaves, whether they are moving or fixed.

Made specifically for automatic doors, they can be installed in very little space by sim-ply perforating the profile. They come in pairs or double pairs and feature a standard issue screened cable that needs to be connected.

Panic-proof breakaway Infrared-beam micro-photocells

TRAINED users and positioned on PUBLIC STREET TRAINED users and positioned on PUBLIC STREET

Cable length (m) (ft) <10 < 32,8 10 ÷ 20 32,8 - 65,61 20 ÷ 30 65,61- 98,42






Cable length (m) (ft) <10 < 32,8 10 ÷ 20 32,8 - 65,61 20 ÷ 30 65,61- 98,42






Auto

mat

ic s

win

gan

d sl

idin

g do

ors

100

PB2100PB1100

280

580

71

155

114

169

100

280 400

16911

4

580

166 167

PB1100 PB1100 PB1100

PB2100 PB2100 PB2100

PB1100 PB2100

FlyAutomatic swing doorsAutomatic swing doors.A revolutionary product that is a safe and reliable way to operate any type of door.Fly is a reversible automation device with a built-in control panel that is easy to use and install.It is also well-suited for use in hospitals and other high-traffic settings.

up to 1.2 mup to 4 ft

Modern swing doors can be automated today thanks to Fly in the single or double door versions. It is extremely versatile and easy to install, and thus ideal for settings which host people whose motor skills are challenged, such as medical centres, hospitals or public buildings in general where architectural barriers need to be dealt with.

Public areas such as railway stations, airports, hospitals and public offices.

Advantages of Fly

Commercial areas such as shops, large distribution ware-houses and pharmacies.

Private and service areas such as in restaurants, sports centres, businesses and resi-dential areas.

24V Fly

The 24V technology increases the system’s safety level. It allows adjustment of the operating speed, the final phase of closing and opening, but especially due to its standard-issue, electronic, obstacle-detection function, which is built-into the control panel.

Limits to use1 leaf modelsMax weight of door leaf/ves (Kg / lb) 250 / 550 200 / 440 150 / 330Max width fo door leaf/ves (mm / in) 800 / 32 1000 / 40 1200 / 472 leaves modelsMax weight of door leaf/ves (Kg / lb) 250+250 / 550+550 200+200 / 440+440 150+150 / 330+330Max width fo door leaf/ves (mm / in) 800+800 / 32+32 1000+1000 / 40+40 1200+1200 / 47+47

24V D.C.

“PULL” Openingart. 001PB1001

“PUSH” Openingart. 001PB1002

Type of opening

Dimensions

Minimum length is 1300 mm / 51,18 in with lever PB1001 PULL

Minimum length is 1160 mm / 45,66 in with lever PB1002 PUSH

Max length profile 5000 mm / 196,85 in

OPERATOR

OPERATOR

Complete automation systems with 24V D.C. operator - Automatic doors price list -

001PB1100

001PB2100

001PF2100*

Accessories

001PB1001

001PB1002

001MA7034

001MA7041

The complete range

NOTES:* Max Length of profile and cover L = 5000 mm / 196,85 in.Min. length of profile and cover with art. 001PB1001 L = 1300 mm / 51,18 in.Min. length of profile and cover with art. 001PB1002 L = 1160 mm / 45,66 in.

Automation system one-leaf swing doors.

Automation system for two-leaf swing doors. Profile and profile covers are not included.

Profile and profile cover for PB2100.

Straight transmission arm. “PULL” opening.

Articulated transmission arm. “PUSH” opening.

Emergency breakaway system complete with n. 2 12V - 0.8Ah batteries.

Function selector.

Technical featuresTypePower supply (V) (50/60 Hz) 230 A.C. 230 A.C.Motor power supply (V) 24 D.C. 24 D.C.Current draw (A) 0,6 1,2Power (W) 138 276Manoeuvre speed 90°(s) 2 ÷ 5 2 ÷ 5 Duty cylce (%) Intensive use Intensive useTorque (Nm) 40 40Operating temperature (°C/°F) -20 ÷ +55 / -4 ÷ +131 24V D.C.120V A.C.- 60 Hz PRODUCTS, PLEASE CHECK OUR PRICE LIST

Auto

mat

ic s

win

gan

d sl

idin

g do

ors

168 169

CORSA 1 RODEO 1

CORSA 2 RODEO 2

CORSA 1 CORSA 2 RODEO 1 RODEO 2

Technical featuresType CORSA 1 CORSA 2 RODEO 1 RODEO 2Power supply (V) (50/60 Hz) 230 A.C. 230 A.C. 230 A.C. 230 A.C.Motor power supply (V) 24 D.C. 24 D.C. 24 D.C. 24 D.C.Current draw (A) 0,6 0,6 0,6 0,6Power (W) 70 70 90 90Manoeuvre speed (cm/s / in/s) Max 57 / Max 22,44 Max 102 / Max 40,15 Max 45 / Max 17,71 Max 80 / Max 31,49 Duty cylce (%) Intensive use Intensive use Intensive use Intensive useThrust (Kg/lb) 5/11,02 5/11,02 8/17,63 8/17,63Operating temperature (°C/°F) -20 ÷ +55 / -4 ÷ +131

24V D.C.

Limits to use1 leaf modelsMax weight of door leaf/ves (Kg / lb) 75 / 165 125 / 276Max width of door eaf/ves (mm / in) 3340 / 131,49 3340 / 131,492 leaves modelsMax weight of door leaf/ves (Kg / lb) 75+75 / 165+165 125+125 / 280+280Max width of door eaf/ves (mm / in) 1670 / 65,74 1670 / 65,74

24V D.C.

Corsa-RodeoAutomatic sliding doors“Intelligent” operators.The rational management of space and the need for simple, quick passages from one room to another make the automatic door an important element in any modern building.Corsa and Rodeo are the ideal solutions for applica-tions in commercial, residential and high-traffic areas. The best answer to the needs of modern design when it comes to doing away with architectural barriers.

up to 75 and 125 Kgup to 165 and 280 lb

Automatic sliding doors solve any issues related to managing passages between rooms in public and private facilities.Came meets the needs of modern building design by offering two 24V automated products that can power any type of sliding door weighing up to 125 Kg per door leaf. Corsa and Rodeo are two intelligent operators that feature micro-processing logic and self-managing opening/closing operation and thrust parameters as well as constant movement control and obstacle-detection.

Public and commercial facilities such as railway stations, airports, ports, shops, shopping malls and pharmacies.

Advantages of Corsa and Rodeo

Other public buildings such as banks, office buildings, hospitals and sports centres.

Private buildings such as hotels, restaurants, companies and homes.

24V only

The 24V technology increases the system’s safety level, because it allows adjustment of the operating speed, the final phase of closing and opening, but especially due to its standard-issue, electronic, obstacle-detec-tion function, which is built-into the control panel.

Complete automation systems with 24V D.C. operator - Automatic doors price list -

001CORSA1

001CORSA2

001RODEO1

001RODEO2

Accessories

001MA7012

001MA7032

001MA7041

The complete range

Automation system for one-leaf sliding doors of up to 75 Kg / 165 lb.

Automation system for two-leaf sliding doors of up to 75 Kg / 165 lb per door leaf.

Automation system for one-leaf sliding doors of up to 125 Kg / 280 lb.

Automation system for two-leaf sliding doors of up to 125 Kg / 280 lb per door leaf.

Electroblocker complete with cord and release lever.

Card for connecting n.2 12V – 1.2Ah emergency batteries with rack.

Function selector.

Auto

mat

ic s

win

gan

d sl

idin

g do

ors


Arc

hitr

ave

MA7371MA7471MA7571

MA7351MA7451MA7551

MA7351MA7451MA7551

I =

I =

I =

Y H I

MA7371MA7471MA7571

30

MA7370MA7470MA7570

MA7370MA7470MA7570

MA7353MA7453MA7553

Y H V V

V =

V =

1010

HT

HA

HT

HA

170 171

HT

HA

Frame cover LD with hinges

Frame cover LC

min 20 mm / 0,78 in

Opening space for the profile cover

Scale sections

Leaf

Leaf/ves height determinationGlass leaves

Solution 1 Solution 2 Solution 3

Solution 1 Solution 2

Solution 1

Solution 2

Solution 3

Solution 1

Solution 2

Framed leaves

H

Y

H

Y

H

Y

H - 70 mm / 2,75 in

Y - 88 mm / 3,46 in

H

Y

Lint

el

73 mm / 2,87 in

69 mm / 2,71 in

29 mm / 1,14 in

44 m

m

1,73

in

18 m

m

0,7

in

169

mm

/ 6

,65

in

195

mm

/ 7

,67

in

13 m

m

0,51

in85

mm

/ 3

,35

in

151

mm

/ 5

,94

in

30 m

m /

1,1

8 in

75 m

m /

2,9

5 in

126 mm / 4,96 in

24 mm / 1 in

300 mm / 11,81 in

Corsa-Rodeo up to 75 and 125 Kgup to 165 and 280 lb

Dimensions

+ / -

6 mm

0,23 in

adjustable

+ / -

6 mm

0,23 in

adjustable

Ø 8.5 mm / 0,33 in250 mm / 9,84 in

hole spacing for fixing the beam


The Corsa and Rodeo operators are supplied to clients’ specifications with a pre-perforated beam profile for fixing to the lintel or wall. Depending on the nature of the support on which the operator will be fixed, the operator comes with suitable fixing systems that use at least 2/3 of the holes available and, mandatorily those on the ends and centre of the profile. The holes are situated along two parallel lines with 250 mm / 9,84 in of spacing.Generally speaking, fixing on every other holes is sufficient.

Pre-perforated beam profile

- 40 mm / 1,57 in

- 22 mm / 0,86 in

Y = Height from the ground of beam profile fixingH = Height from ground of the lintelV = Height of glass with shown profiles

Weight of glass 2.5 Kg x m² x 1 mm thickness1,67 lb x ft² x 0,039 in thickness

- 46 mm / 1,81 in

- 28 mm / 1,1 in

- 28 mm / 1,1 in

- 66 mm / 2,59 in

- 48 mm / 1,88 in

- 46 mm / 1,81 in

Y = Height from the ground of beam profile fixingH = Height from ground of the lintelI = Height of the framed door-leaf with the shown profiles

10 mm / 0,39 in


10 m

m /

0,3

9 in

30 m

m

1,18

in

Auto

mat

ic s

win

gan

d sl

idin

g do

ors

172 173

The complete range The complete range

Corsa-Rodeo up to 75 and 125 Kgup to 165 and 280 lb

NOTES: The varnishing and oxydation treatments, when expressly requested by the client, are delivered no sooner than 30 days from the order receiving date, and can be done on the following items: LC00 - LC01 - LTCG - LD01 - LD00 - MA7371 - MA7471 MA7571 - MA7351 - MA7451 - MA7551 - MA7370 MA7470 - MA7570 - MA7353 - MA7453 - MA7553 and for S20 - S40 profiles.

Covering and support aluminium profiles - Automatic doors price list -

001PLCD

001LC00

001LC01

001LTC

001LTCG

001LD00

001LD01

001LTD

Beam profile and slide guide.

Natural anodized profile cover.

Unfinished profile cover.

Natural grey painted caps for LC00 profile cover.

Unfinished caps for LC01 profile cover.

Natural anodized extra-size profile cover.

Unfinished extra-size profile cover.

Caps with hinges for LD00 and LD01 profile covers.

Please keep in mind that electrostatic powder varnish jobs provide a high level of colour continuity when the profiles are treated in one, single phase.Subsequent applications, even when maintaining the same colour code, could result in slight variations of hue.

Special varnishing and oxydation treatments made to order

Universal aluminium profile for door leaves - Automatic doors price list -

001MA7371

001MA7471

001MA7571

001MA7351

001MA7451

001MA7551

001MA7370

001MA7470

001MA7570

001MA7353

001MA7453

001MA7553

001MAM601

001MAM601T

001MAM600

001MAM600T

Upper hooking profile for framed door leaves, with castor securing brackets and above-surface floor rails

Complete kit for two door leaves of up to 500 mm / 19,68 in wide or one door leaf of up to 1,000 mm / 39,37 in wide.

Complete kit for two door leaves of up to 750 mm/ 29,52 in wide or one door leaf of up to 1,500 mm / 59,05 in wide.


Inner guiding profile for framed door leaves with flush floor rails


Complete kit for two door leaves of up to 750 mm/ 29,52 in wide or one door leaf of up to 1,500 mm / 59,05 in wide.


Upper hooking profile for 10 mm / 0,39 in thick tempered glass door leaves with castor securing brackets and above surface floor rails


Complete kit for two door leaves of up to 750 mm/ 29,52 in wide or one door leaf of up up to 1,500 mm / 59,05 in wide.


Lower guiding profile for 10 mm / 0,39 in thick tempered glass door leaves with flush floor rails


Complete kit for two door leaves of up to 750 mm/ 29,52 in wide or one door leaf of up up to 1,500 mm / 59,05 in wide.


Grip gaskets for 10 mm / 0,39 in thick tempered glass door leaves (30 m / 98,42 ft packages)

Black lateral gasket for fixed and sliding door leaves.

Transparent lateral gasket for fixed and sliding door leaves.

Black central gasket for sliding doors.

Transparent central gasket for sliding doors.

Auto

mat

ic s

win

gan

d sl

idin

g do

ors

174 175

The complete rangeAccessories for automatic doorsSpecific products for automatic entrances.A truly complete range for installing on automatic, sliding and swing doors – in any application setting.Came provides complete, automatic door solutions;made to suit the needs of the user, the type of instal-lation and operator chosen.

Accessories

An automatic sliding or swing door is equipped with a range of accessories that optimise the automation system’s functionality while at the same time allow it to respond to a variety of special installation situations with custo-mised performance. Came’s complete range of automatic door accessori-es meets the requirements of every application: volumetric and infrared radar, also with anti-screening technology, touch sensors, infrared-beam micro-photocells, sensitive ground plates.A complete range of accessories made to meet even the most diverse needs.

* The anti-masking sensors are capable of even detecting still objects within the sensor’s field of action.

The advantages of original accessoriesInfrared sensors.Although they are usually em-ployed on sliding doors, they are also often applied to swing doors, opposite the door’s swing arc. Various models with adjustable field mode are avai-lable, as well as ones with anti-masking function.* (see note)

Touch sensors.These are specifically desig-ned for applications requi-ring a ‘local’ command that can be activated even wi-thout using one’s hands. A typical example, for hygienic reasons, would be operating theatres and medical cen-tres.

Volumetric sensors.These are mostly used on sliding door operators, whe-re obstacle and person de-tection is a must. They are typically used in shopping malls, supermarkets and wa-rehouses in general.

Also remote controlled.The MR8104, MR8105 and MR8106 can be set at a di-stance thanks to the infrared remote control which enables you to manage their sensitivity parameters and field of action (optional).

Micro photocells - Automatic doors price list - 001MF9011

001MF9111

Infrared safety radar with anti-masking function

001MR8334

001MR8370

001MR8390

Active infrared radar

001MR8003

Microwave volumetric radars

001MR8104

001MR8105

001MR8106

001MR8107

Pair of 24V A.C.-D.C. flush-mounted infrared micro photocells with 7 m / 22,96 ft range and complete with shielded cable.

Double pair of 24V A.C.-D.C. flush-mounted infrared micro photocells with 7 m / 22,96 ft range and complete with shielded cable.

12 - 24V A.C.-D.C. safety radar with anti-masking function. L=340 mm*/13,38 in.Max application height: 2.5 m/8,2 ft. - 2 m/6,56 ft Detection band diameter=0.13 m/5,11 in. Max detection depth=0.53 m/20,86 in - Effective range is adjustable from 0.7 m to 2.5 m/27,55 in to 98,42 in.

12 - 24V A.C.-D.C. safety radar with anti-masking function. L=700 mm*/27,55 in.Max application height: 2.5 m/8,2 ft. - 2 m/6,56 ft Detection band diameter = 0.13 m/5,11 in. Max detection depth = 0.53 m/20,86 in - Effective range is adjustable from 0.7 to 2.5 m/27,55 in to 98,42 in.

24 - 700V A.C.-D.C. safety radar with anti-masking function. L=900 mm*/35,43 in.Max application height: 2.5 m/8,2 ft. - 2 m Detection band diameter=0.13 m/5,11 in. Max detection depth=0.53 m/20,86 in - Effective range is adjustable from 0.7 to 2.5 m/27,55 in to 98,42 in.

* Length of device

12 - 24V A.C.-D.C. radar with adjustable field. Max application height : 3 m / 9,84 ft. Detection is equal to: depth of field = 0.41 - 1.77 m / 16,14 - 69,68 in.Depth of field 3.1 m / 10,17ft.

12 - 24V A.C.-D.C. bi-directional microwave volumetric radar.Max application height: 4 m / 13,12 ft.Detection area: WIDE ANTENNA depth of field = 2 m / 6,56 ft and width of field 4 m / 13,12 ft.NARROW ANTENNA depth pf field = 2.5 m / 8,2 ft and width of field 2 m / 6,56 ft. Adjustments through MRT001 remote control.

12 - 24V A.C. D.C. bi-directional microwave volumetric radar.Max application height: 5 m / 16,4 ft.Detection area: Depth of field = 2.5 m / 8,2 ft and width of field 4 m / 13,12 ft.Adjustments through MRT001 remote control.

12 - 24V A.C.-D.C. mono/bi-directional microwave volumetric radar.Max application height: 4 m / 13,12 ft.Detection area: WIDE ANTENNA depth of field = 2 m / 6,56 ft and width of field 4 m / 13,12 ft.NARROW ANTENNA depth pf field = 2.5 m / 8,2 ft and width of field 2 m / 6,56 ft. Adjustments through MRT001 remote control.

12 - 24V A.C.-D.C. bi-directional microwave volumetric rada.Max application height: 4 m / 13,12 ft.Detection area: WIDE ANTENNA depth of field = 2 m / 6,56 ft and width of field 4 m / 13,12 ft.NARROW ANTENNA depth pf field = 2.5 m / 8,2 ft and width of field 2 m / 6,56 ft. Manual adjustments.

Auto

mat

ic s

win

gan

d sl

idin

g do

ors

176 177


AccessoriesThe complete range

Bidirectional radar with movement and presence detection - Automatic doors price list - 001MR8202

Accessories

001MRT001

001MRWPC

001MS9502

001MP8030001MP8060

Radar with adjustable field 12 – 24V A.C. –D.C.Height of application from 1,8 to 4 m - 5,9 to 13,12 ftMOVEMENT DETECTION:Detection mode: movement – bidirectionalTechnology: iperfrequency and microprocessorDetection field: Field depth 2 m / 6,56 ft - Field width 4 m / 13,12 ftangle: from 15° to 50° in elevation (adjustable)PRESENCE DETECTIONDetection mode: presenceTechnology: active and focalized infrared beamDetection field: Field depth 0,35 m / 1,14 ft - Field width 2 m / 6,56 ftangle: from -4° to +4° (adjustable)

Remote control for MR8104 - MR 8105 - MR8106 microwave volumetric radars.

Protective cover for MR8104 - MR 8105 - MR8106 - MR8107 microwave volumetric radars.

Brush activated volumetric sensor 12 - 24V A.C.-D.C. with microwave reflection.Detection field: from 0.1 to 0.5 m / 3,93 to 19,68 in

800 x 300 mm / 31,49 x 11,81in sensitive pad.800 x 600 mm / 31,49 x 23,62 in sensitive pad.

Auto

mat

ic s

win

gan

d sl

idin

g do

ors

MI6010MI6110

MI6020MI6120

MI6040MI6140

MI6030MI6130

178 179

The complete range

MiPanic-proof breakaway systemsPanic-proof breakaway system for sliding gates.In high-traffic settings, or anywhere emergency exits are required, and your automatic sliding doors mustbe fitted with the panic-proof breakaway device.This lets you use the automatic access-way as aregular emergency exit.

NOTES: A jockey wheel must be inserted with door-leaves wider than 1100 mm / 43,3 in.

Safety, even outdoors.The special MAL229 profiles prevent the fixed door-lea-ves, fitted with the panic-proof breakaway, to be ope-ned from the outside. This prevents any unauthorised entry to the premises during non-business hours.

Meant for the S40 series.All the details are planned to perfectly integrate with the S40 series framed doors. However, you can use the kit with many other commercial-type profiles that have a mi-nimum section of 40 mm / 1,57 in.

Floor guides.Indispensable, when instal-ling the panic-proof breaka-way system, is the special floor-guide profile which al-lows the moving door-leaf to rotate.

A full supply of accessories to use with the S40 series of framed profiles and with many other available profiles. The set of components is installed on either the doors or the operator. This provides control of the movement of the breakaway mode. Setting up the emergency exit/s also lets you apply the system only to the moving door-leaves or, to all of the door-leaves, moving or not. This is normally referred to as the “integral panic-proof breakaway” solution, and is the most widely used because it best guarantees evacuation of the rooms in emergency situations. Lastly, the panic-proof system, makes it so that the entire door – width is used – this is especially appreciated in loading/unloading areas.

Panic-proof advantages

Emergency exits

The reference standards for emergency exits require a minimum access-way width of 1200 mm / 47,24 in and for the door to swing open when pushed by a person.

Limits to useModel Max width of leaf/ves (mm/in) Mobile/fixed leavesMI6010 1100 / 43,3 YES / NOMI6110 1500 / 59,05 YES / NOMI6020 1100+1100 / 43,3+43,3 YES / NOMI6120 1500+1500 / 59,05+59,05 YES / NOMI6030 1100 / 43,3 YES / YESMI6130 1500 / 59,05 YES / YESMI6040 1100+1100 / 43,3+43,3 YES / YESMI6140 1500+1500 / 59,05+59,05 YES / YESWidth of leaf (mm/in) Max weight of leaf (Kg/lb) Max weight of leaf (Kg/lb)500 / 19,68 75 / 165 120 / 265600 / 23,62 75 / 165 90 / 198700 / 27,55 75 / 165 80 / 176 800 / 31,49 60 / 132 70 / 154900 / 35,43 50 / 110 60 / 1321000 / 39,37 45 / 99 50 / 1101100 / 43,30 40 / 88 40 / 88

Complete emergency breakaway systems for slidingdoor leaves with S40 profiles - Automatic doors price list -

001MI6010

001MI6110

001MI6020

001MI6120

001MI6030

001MI6130

001MI6040

001MI6140

Complete system for one mobile door leaf. Max width: 1,100 mm / 43,3 in.

Complete system for one mobile door leaf. Max width: 1,500 mm / 59,05 in.

Complete system for two mobile door leaves. Max width: 1,100 + 1,100 mm / 43,3 + 43,3 in.

Complete system for two mobile door leaves. Max width: 1,500 + 1,500 mm / 59,05 + 59,05 in.

Complete system for one mobile door leaf and one fixed door leaf. Max width: 1,100 mm / 43,3 in.

Complete system for one mobile door leaf and one fixed door leaf. Max width: 1,500 mm / 59,05 in.

Complete system for two mobile door leaves and two fixed door leaves. Max width: 1,100 + 1,100 mm / 43,3 + 43,3 in.

Complete system for two mobile door leaves and two fixed door leaves.Max width: 1,500 + 1,500 mm / 59,05 + 59,05 in.

Types of panic-proof breakaway openingsInstallation

Automation

Inner side1 mobile leaf

Inner side

Automation

2 mobile leaves

Inner side

Inner sideAutomation

Automation2 mobile leaves2 fixed leaves

1 mobile leaf1 fixed leaf

We suggest using Mi panic-proof breakaway

systems on the Rodeo series operators as

they are best suited for the size and type of

castors used on the door-leaves.

In any case, before installing, check the

following:

- The operator must be installed in a position

that allows the doors to be opened in the

panic-proof breakaway mode.

- On single door leaves with fixed door

leaves or, doors not fitted with panic-proof

breakaway devices, make sure the operator

is mounted so that the door is free to swing

open.

- In terms of emergency exit compliance,

the minimum width, after crashing open the

door in an emergency situation, is of no less

than 1200 mm / 47,24 in (check local regu-

lations).

- When installing on other commercial

profiles you must take into account the

proper, minimum dimensions for mounting

the devices and proper movement of the

door-leaves.

Auto

mat

ic s

win

gan

d sl

idin

g do

ors

180 181

The complete rangeProfiles for doorsUncommon elegance and design.Came’s S20 line of profiles, for tempered glass doors, is specifically designed to create a very bright and attractive doors.Also, Came’s S20 is made for quick-and-easy assembly of the doors – no special operations arerequired.

S20

Complete with all the accessories.You will find that, every detail in the S20 series is designed for quick-and-easy assem-bly of the aluminium profiles and perfect installation of the door.

Sturdiness, elegance, great luminance, and easy assembly; these are just some of the characteristics you find in the S20 tempered glass door profiles. They are suited for glass width of between 4 and 15 mm / 0,15 and 0,59 in, with standard 10 mm / 0,39 in wide glass mounting kit. They also work in a host of different door application contexts – whether these be front-of-the-house or back-of-the-house settings. Moreover, the S20 series give you a door that fits perfectly with the Corsa and Rodeo operators; in terms of aesthetics and design.

Advantages of S20 series

NOTES: The S20 series is supplied with a silver, anodised finish, but is also available with a rough finish or, rather, on-request varnishing/oxidation.

WeightModel Weight (gr / m) (oz / ft)001MAL199 0,366 / 0,042001MAL200 0,509 / 0,058001MAL201 0,186 / 0,021001MAL202 0,2 / 0,022001MAL203 1,802 / 0,208001MAL204 0,813 / 0,093001MAM612 1,325 / 0,153001MAL790 0,478 / 0,542009P3 0,028 / 0,003009P4 0,05 / 0,003009P5 0,068 / 0,007009P6 0,078 / 0,008009P7 0,128 / 0,014

Aluminium profiles for 4 to 15 mm / 0,15 to 0,59 in thick glass doors leaves(standard length: 5 m / 16,4 ft) - Automatic doors price list -

001MAL199

001MAL200

001MAL203

001MAL204

001MAM612

001MAL790

Plastic grip profile (Packages of 30 m / 98,42 ft).

001MAL201

001MAL202

001MAL791

Assembling accessories

001MAF001

001MAM001

Rubber grip filling gaskets (Packages of 30 m / 98,42 ft).

009P3

009P4

009P5

009P6

009P7

Vertical post for fixed and mobile door leaves.

Wall-mounting frame for fixed door leaves.

Upper hooking profile.

Vertical photocell containment and door leaf endpoint profile for one door leaf.

Lower guiding profile.

Reduced photocell containment profile.

Lateral grip gasket for fixed and mobile door leaves.

Central grip gasket for mobile door leaves.

Finishing profile for MAL790 (10 pieces of 3 m / 9,84 ft each).

Complete assembling kit for one fixed door leaf.

Complete assembling kit for one mobile door leaf with slide rails.

3 mm / 0,11 in filling gaskets for glass.





Auto

mat

ic s

win

gan

d sl

idin

g do

ors

182 183

Profiles for doorsSturdiness and reliability.The S40 line of framed-door profiles, is specificallydesigned to provide extremely sturdy doors for those heavy-duty situations found in large com-mercial facilities.They are designed to fit together with the panic-proof breakaway system, are easy to assemble and provide multiple combination possibilities.

S40

NOTES: The S40 series is supplied with a silver, anodised finish, but is also available with a rough finish or, rather, on-request varnishing/oxidation.

The S40 range is designed to provide door solutions, especially for those high-traffic environments. Typical settings would be shopping malls, public buildings and hospital entrances where daily traffic volumes are high. The profile sections are, therefore generously thick, while assembly requires brackets and mounting accessories which are supplied standard with the kit. Fitted to combine with the MI panic-proof breakaway systems, the S40 series is the solution which provides maximum performance when it comes to toughness, reliability and durability.

Advantages of S40 seriesComplete with all the accessories.You will find that, every detail in the S40 series is designed for quick-and-easy assem-bly of the aluminium profiles and perfect installation of the door.

WeightModel Weight (gr/m) (oz/ft)001MAL225 0,686 / 0,079001MAL226 1,030 / 0,119001MAL227 1,841 / 0,212001MAL228 0,472 / 0,054001MAL229 0,138 / 0,015001MAL230 0,242 / 0,027001MAL231 0,121/ 0,013001MAL223 0,104 / 0,011001MAL224 0,468 / 0,054009P3 0,028 / 0,003009P4 0,05 / 0,003009P5 0,068 / 0,007009P6 0,078 / 0,008009P7 0,128 / 0,014

The complete rangeAluminium profiles for 4 to 15 mm / 0,15 to 0,59 in thick glass doors leaves(standard length: 5 m / 16,4 ft) - Automatic doors price list -

001MAM613

001MAM699

001MAL225

001MAL226

001MAL227

001MAL228

001MAL229

001MAL230

001MAL231

Assembling accessories

001MAF002

001MAF003

001MAM002

001MAM003

001MAMF01

001MAMF02

001MAMF03

Rubber grip gaskets (Packages of 30 m / 98,42 ft).

009P3

009P4

009P5

009P6

009P7

Plastic grip profile (Packages of 30 m / 98,42 ft).

001MAL223

001MAL224

Upper hooking profile for framed door leaves.

Lower guiding profile for framed door leaves.

Wall-mounting frame for fixed door leaves.

Vertical post and upper hooking profile for fixed and mobile door leaves.

Lower slide guiding profile.

Flush floor profile for alligning and blocking fixed door leaves.

Door leaf blocking profile for emergency breakaway system.

Vertical photocell containment and door leaf endpoint profile.

Glass holding profile for MAL226 and MAL227.

Bracket to pair fixed door leaf to frame.

Upper and lower anchoring angle brackets for fixed door leaves.

Finishing for mobile door leaves with emeregency breakaway system.

Package of accessories to hook the mobile door leaf to the slide guide.

Package of nuts and bolts for one door leaf assembly.

Adjusting angle bracket for one door leaf.

Angle bracket for frame.






Multi-use gasket 10 pieces of 3 m / 9,84 ft.

Central grip gasket for mobile door leaves 10 pieces of 3 m / 9,84 ft.

Auto

mat

ic s

win

gan

d sl

idin

g do

ors

184 185

Park

ing

syst

ems

and

acce

ss c

ontr

ol


Parking systemsand access control

A

M

Q

MA AQ

186 187

BridgeTwisterGuardianWingSaloon

The modelsThe Ps is a complete system designed to manage parking lots in small, medium and lar-

ge commercial settings. The entrance and exit units, together with the cash pay station,

are in fact specifically engineered to manage traffic, for both occasional and member-

shipstatus users. The system can be set-up to be used with tokens, cards, and transpon-

der key-fobs, and coins, in the case of occasional users.

Systems can be configured to have several entrances and exits as well, over a number

of levels (i.e. floors), up to a maximum of 10,000 parking spaces.

The RBM21 is a SIMPLIFIED system for card-based access control for up to 500 users.

The RBM84 is an EVOLVED access control system.

It works with many types of commands including radio transmitters. Through its dedica-

ted software, it can manage up to 5,500 types of users including member-status users.

It is applied to small parking lots, company facilities, service centres and many other

types of parking facilities.

Turnstiles

The turnstile has been designed to control pedestrian traffic and can be matched to the

access control systems.

The table sums up the complete range of access control and automatic parking systems,

according to their limits of use, to make for a quick and easy product choice.

The range

Use INTENSIVE USE

Series Model Places carPs Barcode 10000 YESPs Token 10000 YESPs Easy - YESSeries Model UsersRBM84 RBM84 5500 YESRBM21 RBM21 500 YESSeries TURNSTILE

YESYESYESYESYES

CompassFlag

230V A.C. 24V D.C.


SIMPLIFIED standard installation

The example shown is indicative of simplified parking lots where users enter freely, park their vehicles and pay a fixed,standard rate, using coins, at the exit.

ImportantThe equipment shown in the diagram is for information purposes only and the command accessories, such as the radarand sensors, must be evaluated according to the actual needs of the installation. Standard-issue safety equipment forbarriers are shown in the section dedicated to street barriers on this catalogue.


Standard IssueRoad barriers

Sensor for metal mass detection

Simplified cashier for toll - no back change

The Gard series of quick, automatic barriers naturally complete our automatic parking sy-stem. Available in 230V A.C. and 24V D.C., they fit perfectly with the entrance and exit units and allow for passage selection.

The PS5000 is the new, simplified, parking management system, where the parking rate is fixed and payable in coins. The unit, in fact, comes with a coin reader with display, and can be integrated with a transponder card reader which would manage any parking passes for the facility.

Automatic Gard barriers The new simplified parking system

Cable length (ft) (m) <10 < 32,8 10 ÷ 20 32,8 - 65,61 20 ÷ 30 65,61- 98,42
















Park

ing

syst

ems

and

acce

ss c

ontr

ol

A

M

Z

A AMM S ZR P

P

R

S

M A YSA PZ MR S M

A

M

Z

P

R

S

Y

188 189


Standard installation with MANUAL CASHIERTRAINED users and positioned on PUBLIC STREET

The example shown is indicative of an attended parking system with manual toll management.

ImportantThe equipment shown in the diagram is for information purposes only and the command accessories, such as the radarand sensors, must be evaluated according to the actual needs of the installation. Standard-issue safety equipment forbarriers are shown in the section dedicated to street barriers on this catalogue.


Standard installation MULTI-FLOORS

The example shown is indicative of a multi-level parking with automatic cashiers at any level and attended pay-stationat the exit.

ImportantThe equipment shown in the diagram is for information purposes and the command accessories, such as the radarand sensors, must be evaluated according to the actual needs of the installation. Standard-issue safety equipment forbarriers are shown in the section dedicated to street barriers on this catalogue.




Exit unit

Entry unit

Attended manual cashier

Free-full luminous sign

When associated to the system they can notify when parking place are available. This is true for the entrances, when required, as well as on upper levels. This is an indispensable aid, for the user who thus avoids uselessly blocking entrance and lanes, and for the parking lot which can notify of any free parking places.

The PSC1 auxiliary, manual cashier can be integrated into the Ps automatic parking sy-stem, to create a manned, toll station, even without a stable PC connection.

The auxiliary manual cashier The FREE - FULL sign



Exit unit

Entry unit

Attended manual cashier

Free-full luminous sign

Automatic pay-stations

The new PSC6000 automatic pay-station is equipped with a payment system by means of coins, notes and credit cards.Thanks to the codified ticket, it can manage subscribers that use cards or transponder key fobs.

The TST01 cards are specifically designed to manage automatic parking lots.They help together with the PCT transponder keyfobs, when managing clients with subscri-ber membership status.

The new touch screen cashier Parking subscriptions

Cable length (ft) (m) <10 < 32,8 10 ÷ 20 32,8 - 65,61 20 ÷ 30 65,61- 98,42
















Cable length (ft) (m) <10 < 32,8 10 ÷ 20 32,8 - 65,61 20 ÷ 30 65,61- 98,42
















Park

ing

syst

ems

and

acce

ss c

ontr

ol

PSM3000 - PSIO1 - PSI16

320

240 145

PSSRV

488 70

0

265 375 500 180

PSINS

Help

Help

800

600

500

1755

PSC7000 - PSC7001

Help

Help

335335335

PSE3000 PSU3000 PSC3000

452,5

1500

300

190 191

Dimensions

Ps Barcode

Automatic parkingThe barcode solution for all types of parking.Ps Barcode is the innovative Came system for managing occasional, subscribed and residential parkers.The entry and exit points, the different models of automatic cashiers and the attended cashiers with dedicated software allow personalising the system according to the effective needs. This is the ideal solution for installations such as exhibition centres, hospitals, shopping centres, airports and stations.

Ps Barcode reduces management costs and improves profitability of the system. New agreements can be arranged with other public and private users, ensuring an increasingly efficient service.The system can be personalised to the specific needs and is totally modular: the maximum configuration can control up to 16 entrances, 16 exits, 8 automatic cashiers type PSC3000, 8 type PSC7000 or PSC7001 and 16 supplementary cashiers.

Advantages of Ps Barcode

Automatic touch-screen cashiers

PSC7000 and PSC7001 are the new automatic steel cashiers with anti-break-in touchscreen. They accept coins, banknotes and credit card payments. Subscri-bers can recharge their pass directly and automatical-ly at the cashier.

Barcode fanfold ticket.This system issues a ticket on fanfold type ISO standard pre-cut thermal paper. This tech-nology improves the safety and reliability of the system with respect to roll paper and/or magnetic band systems.

Integrated graphic display on the entry and exit units.Real time display of the re-maining credit and the sub-scription status.

Subscriber and resident management.The transponder technology is the ideal solution for per-sonalised subscribers and residents. The pass just ne-eds passing over the sensor at the exit.

Cables and dimensionsMax connecting distance (m / ft)PC - PC50 1,5 / 5PC - RBMP1 1000 / 3280 maxRBMP1 - PSC3000 1000 / 3280 maxRBMP1 - PSE3000 1000 / 3280 maxRBMP1 - PSU3000 1000 / 3280 maxRBMP1 - PSC7000 1000 / 3280 maxRBMP1 - PSC7001 1000 / 3280 maxConnecting cables typePC - PC50 Standard issuePC50 - PSD1 Shielded Twisted bipolar (UTP CAT5 AWG24) min 2x05 mm²PSD1 - RBMP1 Shielded Twisted bipolar (UTP CAT5 AWG24) min 2x05 mm²RBMP1 - PSC3000 Shielded Twisted bipolar (UTP CAT5 AWG24) min 2x05 mm²RBMP1 - PSE3000 Shielded Twisted bipolar (UTP CAT5 AWG24) min 2x05 mm²RBMP1 - PSU3000 Shielded Twisted bipolar (UTP CAT5 AWG24) min 2x05 mm²RBMP1 - PSC7000 Shielded Twisted bipolar (UTP CAT5 AWG24) min 2x05 mm²RBMP1 - PSC7001 Shielded Twisted bipolar (UTP CAT5 AWG24) min 2x05 mm²

Technical featuresType IP Model Dimensions (B x H x P) mm Dimensions (B x H x P) in Power supply (V) Material / ColourPSC3000 40 Automatic cashier 335 x 1500 x 452,5 13,18 x 59,05 x 17,81 230 A.C. 50/60 Hz Steel / cod. 053 0837PSE3000 44 Entrance unit 295 x 1500 x 452,5 11,61 x 59,05 x 17,81 230 A.C. 50/60 Hz Steel / cod. 053 0837PSU3000 44 Exit unit 295 x 1500 x 452,5 11,61 x 59,05 x 17,81 230 A.C. 50/60 Hz Steel / cod. 053 0837PSM3000 - Attended cashier station control unit - - 230 A.C. 50/60 Hz -PSC7000 40 Automatic cashier 800 x 1755 x 600 31,49 x 69,09 x 23,62 230 A.C. 50/60 Hz Steel / cod. 053 0837PSC7001 40 Automatic cashier 800 x 1755 x 600 31,49 x 69,09 x 23,62 230 A.C. 50/60 Hz Steel / cod. 053 0837PC50 20 PC interface 320 x 240 x 145 12,59 x 9,44 x 5,7 - ABSPSI16 - Auxiliary cashiers control 320 x 240 x 145 12,59 x 9,44 x 5,7 - ABSPSIO1 - Auxiliary devices control 320 x 240 x 145 12,59 x 9,44 x 5,7 - ABSPSC3 - Auxiliary cashier 320 x 240 x 145 12,59 x 9,44 x 5,7 - ABSPSD1 - Display 145 x 185 x 40 5,7 x 7,28 x 1,57 - ABSRBMP1 - Control panel 320 x 240 x 145 12,59 x 9,44 x 5,7 - ABSPSSRV 44 Red/green traffic light - - - ABS / PolymethacrylatePSINS 44 Free/Full sign 445 x 1500 x 452,5 13,18 x 59,05 x 17,81 - ABS / PolymethacrylateTST01 - Transponder cards ISO7810-7813 ISO7810-7813 - -120V A.C.- 60 Hz PRODUCTS, PLEASE CHECK OUR PRICE LIST


Park

ing

syst

ems

and

acce

ss c

ontr

ol

192 193

Ps Barcode

The complete range The complete range230V A.C. automatic parking system - Parking systems and access control price list -

001PSE3000

001PSU3000

001PSC3000

001PSC7000

001PSC7001

001PSM3000

002PSIO1

001PSI16

001PSC3

Galvanised and painted steel entrance unit, complete with card and transponder keyfobreader, ticket emission and display showing available credit.

Galvanised and painted steel exit unit, complete with card and transponder keyfob reader, ticket emission and display showing available credit.

Galvanised and painted steel automatic cashier, complete with card and transponder keyfob reader and display (no return change device and receipt emission).

Automatic cashier, with galvanised and painted cabinet panel in AISI 304 stainless steel with satin finish, complete with PC, coin and banknote reader and with return change device, credit card reader and barcode ticket reader.

Automatic cashier, with galvanised and painted cabinet, panel in AISI304 inox steel with satin finish, complete with PC, coin and banknote reader, with return change device and barcode ticket reader.

Attended cashier complete with control station, management software, display and interface to connect to PC50.

Control unit for auxiliary devices such as PSSRV traffic lights, PSINS luminous signs, magnetic sensors and safety sensors (Max 8 outputs).

Interface to connect up to 16 PSC1 units.

Auxiliary manual casher with barcode ticket reader.If combined with a PSI16 it enables implementing a payment station even without permanent PC connection.

Signalling accessories - Parking systems and access control price list -

001PSINS

001PSSRV


009SMA

009SMA2

Two-sided FULL-FREE luminous sign.

Red-green traffic light (ø 200 mm).



For car park managers who want to offer their customers a subscription service, various types are available: progressive, diversified by time or date. Transit is controlled by coded transponder passes or keyfobs that are input in the system.The subscription can be taken out at the manual cashier and recharged at the automatic cashier with a simple fast operation.

Subscriptions

Park

ing

syst

ems

and

acce

ss c

ontr

ol

194 195

Ps Barcode

This is a special unit for creating a number of control and payment points, without the need of a PC connection. It is extremely useful at supermarket tills, for example, or other businesses where customer loyalty is increased by offering total or partial parking subscriptions.

The auxiliary PSC3 cashier

PSS4000 software has been specially designed for managing parking systems and can control up to 2,500 subscription clients and 7,500 occasional users.

The software

PSC7000 and PSC7001 have been designed to work combined with the Came Ps barcode parking systems. They accept coins, banknotes and the PSC7000 system also accepts credit cards.Subscribers are controlled through transponder passes.

The functions:• Multi-language menu with 6 languages • Coin and banknote reader that can be programmed to the denomination in the installation country.• Barcode ticket reader• Information messages during payment: ticket amount – amount needed – change.• Optional GSM diagnostics with real-time control of the system status.• Prepared for interphone connections with HELP button in case of need.• Subscription management through transponder passes which can be directly recharged at the automatic cashier.• Advertising or service message space on the monitor for the client.

The new automatic cashiers with touchscreen

Connection diagram

RBMP1Central station

PC con Windows98/2000/XP/VISTA

Display

PC50Interface

Software

SerialprinterPSM3000 Central control device

PSI16Auxiliary cashier control

PSC3Auxiliary cashier withTicket barcode reader (max. 16 units)

Serialprinter

PSI01Auxiliary control devicee.g. Traffic lights – Magnetic loopsSignals – Lights – Sensors (max. 8 units)

PSSRVRED/GREEN traffic light

The system handles up to 16 traffic lights or signs that can be managed Either by an RBMP1 unit or by the PS101 card.

PSINSFREE/FULL sign

PSU3000Exit unit(max. 16 units)

PSE3000Entrance unit(max. 16 units)

Barrier Barrier

PSC3000Automatic cashier(max. 8 units)

PSC7000 - PSC7001Automatic cashier(max. 4 units)

Basic configurationCame offers a complete system for small, medium and large car parks for controlling occasional users, subscribed parkers

and residents. The basic configuration comprises an entry unit, exit unit and attended cashier.

The system can be extended up to 16 entry units, 16 exit units, 8 automatic cashiers type PSC3000, 8 automatic cashiers

type PSC7000 or PSC7001 and 16 auxiliary cashiers.

PSE3000 entry unit

Issues barcode parking tickets and controls subscribers.

PSU3000 exit unit

Collects the parking tickets, checks the payment and the subscribers.

PSC3000 – PSC7000 – PS7001 automatic cashiers

The parking ticket can be paid for with coins, banknotes or even credit cards without the need for an operator.

PSC3 attended cashiers

Payment of the parking tickets, issuing subscriber passes, etc. assisted by the operator.

STP(Shielded

Twisted Pair)2 x 0,5mm²2 x AWG20

RS232 cableMax 5 m / 16,4 ft.

STP(Shielded Twisted Pair)

2 x 0,5mm²2 x AWG20

Distance betweenRBMP1 and PC30

Max 1000 m / 3.281 ft

RS232max 5 m / 16,4 ft.

RS

232

max

5 m

/

16,4

ft.

Shielded twisted pair 2 x 0,5mm²

2 x AWG20Max.distance between

PS116-PSC31000 m / 3.281 ft

RS232max 5 m /

16,4 ft.

Shi

eld

ed

twis

ted

pai

r2

x 0,

5mm

²2

x A

WG

20

5 x 1,5 mm²5 x AWG15

4 x 1,5 mm²4 x AWG15

Shielded twisted pair2 x 0,5mm²2 x AWG20

Next unitPSU3000 PSE3000PSC3000 PSC7000

PSC7001Max. distance from

RBMP1 and last station10000 m. / 3.281 ft




BipolaresShielded

twisted pair2 x 0,5mm²2 x AWG20

5 x 0,5 mm²5 x AWG20

5 x 0,5 mm²5 x AWG20

MAGNETIC LOOP

Park

ing

syst

ems

and

acce

ss c

ontr

ol

PSM4000 - PSIO1 - PSI16

320

240 145

PSSRV

488 70

0

265 375 500 180

PSINS

COIN

COIN

Cre

dit

Co

in

Help

Bankno

tes

335295445

PSE4000 PSU4000 PSC4000

452,5

1500

300

COIN

COIN

Cre

dit

Co

in

Help

Bankno

tes

PSC6000 - PSC6001

800

600

500

1755

196 197

Ps Token

Automatic parkingTOKEN systems for any type of car park.Ps Token is the new car park management system with TAG transponders. The transponder token can be kept in a pocket or wallet, and offers a complete, user friendly system that is ideal for any car park.Ps Token is the ideal solution for occasional parkers, but also subscribed parkers who may choose this service.

GET: small but very practical.The ideal method for occasio-nal parkers. Sturdy, small, it is not susceptible to magnetic fields and sunrays and can be easily kept in a wallet.

Practical transponders.The TST01 Came cards and the PCT keyfob are specifi-cally designed for subscri-bed customers.

PSS4000: the dedicated software.The PSS4000 software for PC can manage a parking system and controls up to 2,500 subscribers and 7,500 occasional parkers.

The Ps Token car park system is the perfect combination of secure tran-sponder technology and efficient system economy. The pre-configured TAG tokens and the subscribed customers are managed through the dedicated software.Easy to use, the Ps Token system can be used in complex installations, such as multi-storey and multi-level car parks, with several entrances and exits.Modularity and flexible are the strong points of the system, which can be adapted to the individual needs of each car park.

Advantages of Ps Token

Automatic cashiers with touchscreen

The PSC6000 and PSC6001 are the latest automatic cashiers with anti-break-in touchscreens. They accept coins, banknotes and even credit cards. Subscribers can recharge their passes directly at the automatic cashier.

Cables and dimensionsMax connecting distance (m / ft)PC - PC30 1,5 / 5PC - RBMP1 1000 / 3280 maxRBMP1 - PSC4000 1000 / 3280 maxRBMP1 - PSE4000 1000 / 3280 maxRBMP1 - PSU4000 1000 / 3280 maxRBMP1 - PSC6000 1000 / 3280 maxRBMP1 - PSC6001 1000 / 3280 maxConnecting cables TipoPC - PC30 Standard issuePC30 - PSD1 Shielded Twisted bipolar (UTP CAT5 AWG24) min 2x05 mm²PSD1 - RBMP1 Shielded Twisted bipolar (UTP CAT5 AWG24) min 2x05 mm²RBMP1 - PSC4000 Shielded Twisted bipolar (UTP CAT5 AWG24) min 2x05 mm²RBMP1 - PSE4000 Shielded Twisted bipolar (UTP CAT5 AWG24) min 2x05 mm²RBMP1 - PSU4000 Shielded Twisted bipolar (UTP CAT5 AWG24) min 2x05 mm²RBMP1 - PSC6000 Shielded Twisted bipolar (UTP CAT5 AWG24) min 2x05 mm²RBMP1 - PSC6001 Shielded Twisted bipolar (UTP CAT5 AWG24) min 2x05 mm²

Dimensions

Technical featuresType IP Model Dimensions (B x H x P) mm Dimensions (B x H x P) in Power supply (V) Material / ColourPSC4000 40 Automatic cashier 335 x 1500 x 452,5 13,18 x 59,05 x 17,81 230 A.C. 50/60 Hz Steel / RAL1028PSE4000 44 Entrance unit 445 x 1500 x 452,5 13,18 x 59,05 x 17,81 230 A.C. 50/60 Hz Steel / RAL1028PSU4000 44 Exit unit 295 x 1500 x 452,5 11,61 x 59,05 x 17,81 230 A.C. 50/60 Hz Steel / RAL1028PSM4000 - Attended cashier station control unit - - 230 A.C. 50/60 Hz -PSC6000 40 Automatic cashier 800 x 1755 x 600 31,49 x 69,09 x 23,62 230 A.C. 50/60 Hz Steel / cod. 053 0837PSC6001 40 Automatic cashier 800 x 1755 x 600 31,49 x 69,09 x 23,62 230 A.C. 50/60 Hz Steel / cod. 053 0837PC30 20 PC interface 320 x 240 x 145 12,59 x 9,44 x 5,7 - ABSPSI16 - Auxiliary cashiers control 320 x 240 x 145 12,59 x 9,44 x 5,7 - ABSPSIO1 - Auxiliary devices control 320 x 240 x 145 12,59 x 9,44 x 5,7 - ABSPSC1 - Auxiliary cashier 320 x 240 x 145 12,59 x 9,44 x 5,7 - ABSPSD1 - Display 145 x 185 x 40 5,7 x 7,28 x 1,57 - ABSRBMP1 - Control panel 320 x 240 x 145 12,59 x 9,44 x 5,7 - ABSPSSRV 44 Red/green traffic light - - - ABS / PolymethacrylatePSINS 44 Free/Full sign 445 x 1500 x 452,5 13,18 x 59,05 x 17,81 - ABS / PolymethacrylateTST01 - Transponder cards ISO7810-7813 ISO7810-7813 - -GET - Transponder token ø 30 ø 30 - ABS120V A.C.- 60 Hz PRODUCTS, PLEASE CHECK OUR PRICE LIST


Park

ing

syst

ems

and

acce

ss c

ontr

ol

198 199

Ps Token

The complete range The complete range230V A.C. automatic parking system - Parking systems and access control price list -

001PSE4000

001PSU4000

001PSC4000

001PSC6000

001PSC6001

001PSM4000

002PSIO1

001PSI16

001PSC1

Galvanized and RAL 1028 painted steel entrance unit complete with proximity card andtransponder keyfob reader and GET token dispenser.

Galvanized and RAL 1028 painted steel exit unit complete with proximity card and transpon-der keyfob reader and GET token collector.

Galvanized and RAL 1028 painted steel automatic cashier complete with proximitycard and transponder keyfob reader, coin payment system, GET token reader anddisplay (no return change device and receipt emission).

Automatic cashier, with galvanised and painted cabinet, panel in AISI 304 inox steel withsatin finish, complete with PC, coin and banknote reader with back change device andcredit card reader.

Automatic cashier, with galvanised and painted cabinet, panel in AISI 304 inox steelwith satin finish, complete with PC, coin and banknote reader and with backchange device.

Attended cashier complete with control station, management software, display and interfaceto connect to PC30.

Control unit for auxiliary devices such as PSSRV traffic lights, PSINS luminous signs,magnetic sensors and safety sensors (max 8 outputs).

Interface to connect up to 16 PSC1 units.

Auxiliary manual cashier.If combined with a PSI16 enables implementation of a payment station evenwithout PC connection.

230V A.C. automatic parking system - Parking systems and access control price list -

009GET

Signalling accessories

001PSINS

001PSSRV


009SMA

009SMA2

Transponder token.


Red-green traffic light (ø 200 mm).



For managers who want to offer their customers a subscription service, various types are available: progressive, diversified by time or date. Transit is controlled by coded transponder passes or keyfobs that are input in the system.The subscription can be taken out at the manual cashier and recharged at the automatic cashier with a simple fast operation. The subscriptions can be controlled by the software, if any functions need deactivating or activating in a current pass already in the system.

The subscriptions

Park

ing

syst

ems

and

acce

ss c

ontr

ol

200 201

Ps Token

RBMP1Central station

PC con Windows98/2000/XP/VISTA

Display

PC30Interface

Software

Serialprinter

PSI01Auxiliary control devicee.g. Traffic lights – Magnetic loopsSignals – Lights – Sensors (max. 8 units)

PSI16Auxiliary cashier control


The system handles up to 16 traffic lights or signs that can be managed Either by an RBMP1 unit or by the PS101 card.

PSINSFREE/FULL sign

PSM4000 Control station

PSC1Auxiliary cashier withTicket barcode reader (max. 16 units)

Serialprinter

Barrier Barrier

PSC6000 - PSC6001Automatic cashier(max. 4 units)

PSE4000Entrance unit(max. 16 units)

PSU4000Exit unit(max. 16 units)

PSC4000Automatic cashier(max. 8 units)

For small car parks, the minimum configuration could be sufficient which comprises the PSE4000 entry unit, the PSU4000 exit

unit and the manual PSM4000 cashier. For example, it could be used in a shopping centre where the customers use the car

park and pay for their tickets at the outside attended cashier or the internal tills. It is a very efficient and user-friendly system

that can be extended to match needs.

Basic configuration

This is a special unit for creating a number of control and payment points, without the need of a PC connection. It is extremely useful at supermarket tills, for example, or other businesses where customer loyalty is increased by offering total or partial parking subscriptions.

The auxiliary PSC1 cashier

The PSC6000 and PSC6001 have been designed to work with the Came Ps Token car park systems. They work with coins, banknotes and the PSC6000 also works with credit cards. Subscribers are managed through transponder passes.

The functions:

• Multi-language menu with 6 languages • Coin and banknote reader that can be programmed to the denomination in the installation country.• Information messages during payment: ticket amount – amount needed – change.• Optional GSM diagnostics with real-time control of the system status.• Prepared for interphone connections with HELP button.• Subscription management with transponder passes which can be directly rechargedat the automatic cashier.• Advertising or service message space on the monitor for the client.

The new automatic cashiers with touchscreen

Connection diagram

STP(Shielded

Twisted Pair)2 x 0,5mm²2 x AWG20

STP(Shielded Twisted

Pair)2 x 0,5mm²2 x AWG20

Distance betweenRBMP1 and PC30

Max 1000 m / 3.281 ft

RS232 cableMax 5 m / 16,4 ft.

RS232max 5 m /

16,4 ft.

RS232max 5 m /

16,4 ft.

Shielded twisted pair 2 x 0,5mm²2 x AWG20

Max.distance between PS116-PSC3

1000 m / 3.281 ft

RS

23

2m

ax

5 m

/

16

,4 f

t.

Shi

eld

ed

twis

ted

pai

r2

x 0,

5mm

²2

x A

WG

20

5 x 1,5 mm²5 x AWG15

4 x 1,5 mm²4 x AWG15

Next unitPSU4000 PSE4000PSC4000 PSC6000

PSC6001Max. distance from

RBMP1 and last station

10000 m. / 3.281 ft


5 x 0,5 mm²5 x AWG20

5 x 0,5 mm²5 x AWG20




BipolaresShielded

twisted pair2 x 0,5mm²2 x AWG20

MAGNETIC LOOP

Park

ing

syst

ems

and

acce

ss c

ontr

ol

COIN

COIN

Cre

dit

Co

in

Help

Bankno

tes

300

1500

452,5

335

PS5000

202 203

Ps Easy

Automatic parkingSimplicity within reach.Ps Easy is the best solution for pay-to-park facilities using coins. Easy to use, it does not give change and gives safe, fast and simple management. Very easy to install it does not require any particular logistics or installation, and for regular parkers payment can be made through the transponder passes.

This simplified parking system is by far the best answer for fixed rates in a car park.It has been designed for connection with Came RBM21 or RBM84 access control systems, which extends its operations: counting free spaces, con-nection to detection coils and free/full up signs.

Advantages of Ps EasyAccess control.The Ps easy can be combined with Came Rbm21 and Rbm84 access control systems, to al-low an extension of the fun-ctionality of the parking sy-stem.

Perfect integration.The PS5000 unit can be combined with the Gard au-tomatic barriers, to give even greater efficiency and value to the service.

Magnetic coils, maximum reliability.The Gard barriers are combi-ned with SMA and SMA2 metal detectors: the ideal so-lution for maximum safety when the boom is moving.

Simple andeconomicPS5000 means simplicity and economic running: inte-grated with the Gard barriers, it controls the entire car park with no need for entry and exit units.

Technical featuresType IP Model Dimensions (B x H x P) mm Dimensions (B x H x P) in Power supply (V) Material / ColourPS5000 44 SIMPLIFIED automatic cashier 335 x 1500 x 452,5 13,18 x 59,05 x 17,81 230 A.C. 50/60 Hz Steel / RAL1028TST01 - Transponder cards ISO7810-7813 ISO7810-7813 - -

230V A.C. simplified system for automatic parking - Parking systems and access control price list -

001PS5000

Accessories

009SMA

009SMA2

Galvanized and RAL 1028 painted steel automatic cashier complete with coinpayment system (Fixed toll - it doesn’t give back change).



The complete range

Dimensions


Park

ing

syst

ems

and

acce

ss c

ontr

ol


204 205

Rbm21up to 500 users

The complete range

Access controlSIMPLIFIED access control system for upto 500 users.RBM21 is designed for subscriber parking and is particularly suitable for sporting events, small private parking lots as well as many other applications. TheRBM21 is the ideal solution for managing subscri-bed parking where parking passes are issued allowing access to the parking facility.

RBM21 can work without a PC. Thanks to its sensor for inserting transponder cards on the control board, the system can be configured by inserting user cards even without a PC.

Stand alone

TSP00 transponder card sensor.It is the ideal tool for access control.The card is practical and sturdy, it is impervious to sun rays and magnetic fields.

The LT001 magnetic card sensor.It is a valid alternative, practical and functional, and is more cost effective, when a high number of cards are required.

The PSSRV-PSINS traffic light and luminous sign.The natural complement for managing private parking, providing user information on space availability.

The system is suitable for managing up to max 500 member users. It is designed to be used with proximity or magnetic card sensors, it is supplied with its dedicated software, but also works when not permanently connected to a PC.

Advantages of Rbm21

Limits to useFeatures RBM21Max number of users 500Dedicated software YESUse without PC YES (partial)Type of PC connection RS232 - RS485Max distance between Rbm21 and PC 5 m / 16,4 ft without PC40 (RS232) - 1000 m / 3.281 ft with PC40 (RS485)Max number of connectable sensors 2 inputs + 2 outputs (or 2 inputs/outputs)Relay outputs for automation control 2 (n.o. - n.c.)Connection for traffic light or sign 1 (n.o. - n.c.)Auxiliary Memory card YESOn board warning display YESMagnetic loop connections 2On-board sensor YES (only for transponder cards)

230V A.C.

Technical featuresType RBM21 PC40 TSP00 LT001Protection rating IP54 - IP54 -Power supply (V) 230 A.C. 50/60 Hz 24 D.C. from RBM21 from RBM21 from RBM21Dimensions (mm) 320 x 240 x 145 117 x 75 x 26 70 x 70 x 70 90 x 28 x 27Dimensions (in) 12,59 x 9,44 x 5,7 4,6 x 2,95 x 1,02 2,75 x 2,75 x 2,75 3,54 x 1,1 x 0,108Operating temperature (°C/°F) -20 ÷ +55 / -4 ÷ +131120V A.C.- 60 Hz PRODUCTS, PLEASE CHECK OUR PRICE LIST 230V A.C.

230V A.C. control and management units - Parking systems and access control price list -

001RBM21

001PC40

Control accessories for proximity cards

001TSP00

- Accessories price list -

001TST01

009PCT

009TAG

Control accessories and magnetic cards - Parking systems and access control price list -

001LT001

001TST02

001LTT

Signalling accessories

001PSINS

001PSSRV

Control unit for transponder sensors, magnetic loops and card readers, complete with software.

Interface to remotely connect to the PC (up to 1000 m / 3.281 ft).

Transponder reader.


Proximity key fob.

Glass transponder bulb for TSP01 (It can be housed on TOP-432NA - TOP-434NA - TOP-862NA TOP-864NA - Atomo - Twin - Touch).

Magnetic card reader.

ISO 7810 - 7813 format magnetic card.

Reader support.


Red-green traffic light (ø 200 mm / 7,87 in).

Park

ing

syst

ems

and

acce

ss c

ontr

ol

RBM21

320

240 145

PSSRV

488 70

0

265 375 500 180

PSINS

TSP00

TSP00

TSP00 TST01 PCT-TAG LT001 TST02

TSP00 TST01 PCT-TAG LT001 TST02

+ +

+ +

TST01 PCT-TAG LT001 TST02

+ +

TST01 PCT-TAG LT001 TST02

+ +

206 207

Rbm21up to 500 users

Without PC40 max 1000 m / 3.281 ft

RS485

PC with Windows98/2000/XP/VISTA

RBM21Central station

Without PC40 max 5 m / 16,4 ft RS232

PC40Interface

4 x 1,5 mm² / 4 x AWG20

2 x 0,5 mm² / 2 x AWG20max 50 m /

164 ft.

2 x 0,5 mm² / 2 x AWG20max 50 m /

164 ft.

2 x 0,5 mm² / 2 x AWG20max 50 m /

164 ft.

2 x 0,5 mm² / 2 x AWG20max 50 m /

164 ft.

or

or

or

or

or

PSSRVRED/GREENtraffic light

PSINSFREE/FULLsign

Dimensions

An example, ever more common these days, is to manage gyms or sports facilities, where users access the facility using a

single, customised card that also works for additional services within the facilities.

This application requires a simple yet highly capable system, both in terms of users as well as entrances (services) to be

managed. RBM21 lets you manage subscribed membership status clients in a simple, quick way, using the dedicated software

and with different membership modes that can be customised onto a single card.

The standard installation

RBM21 can also be used to control an area of private, apartment block or company parking lots, whichare expressly reserved for members only.This application also includes the possibility of using outer signs to inform users about parking availability.The system can be coupled with any of Came’s automated operators, such as the Gard, Gard4, Gard8series barriers and the Cat series chain barriers.

Parking function

The dedicated software features a light easy-to-use graphic interface. It runs on the Windows OS anddoes not require any special hardware. It may be configured according to system requirements, and itenables card memorization to store the parameters of each users. It also features a “deductible credit”access mode, where values may be adjusted for each single sensor. Also, the opening command of theaccess devices may come directly from PC if so required.

The functions:> Prepaid access. The user is deducted “credit” from the card at every use. Credits must be assigned at the time the card is added to the system and each sensor may be associated with a different credit value.> Prepaid time The user’s credits are deducted credits from the card based on the amount of time spent within the facility.> Card blocker At any time the card’s operation may be blocked within the system.> New User At any time a new user may be added to the system’s membership population.> Antipassback This prevents more than one user from using the same card at the same time.> Antipassback timer This function blocks the use of the card, for an adjustable time-frame, after entry. With this function, upon exit, the card is normally cleared.

The software


Connection diagram

5 x 1,5 mm² / 5 x AWG20

Park

ing

syst

ems

and

acce

ss c

ontr

ol

208 209

Rbm84 up to 5,500 users

The complete range

Access controlEvolved control of movements.Rbm84 features a global access control of the area where it is applied. It adapts perfectly to the different passage selection needs as it integrates with numerous, even radio-based, access control systems. It is also equipped with an easy and intuitive software for customisable management of functions and users.

A powerful microprocessor.The RBM84 is managed by a dedicated microprocessor which memorises the data of each user, and through real-time software, processes the assigned permissions, for access to the controlled area.

Dedicated software.It can control up to 60 Rem units, 128 operators, 124 command devices, 128 digital inputs and no less than 5,500 users.

The highest possible level of integration.The 128 digital inputs via REM modules allow for a high number of auxiliary sensors to be connected for managing transits.

The system features an evolved control of up to 5,500 users by means of transponder cards, proximity cards, keypads and transmitters. The dedicated software registers user traffic and manages any customi-sed clearances, depending on how each single user has been program-med.

Advantages of Rbm84

Also by modem

Connection to the PC can be done, up to a maximum 1,000 metres away, or through a modem of GSM. Thus, the software lets you operate, from a remote location, to the area which requires access control.

Limits to useFeatures RBM84

Max number of users 5,500Dedicated software YESUse without PC YESProgramming without PC NOType of PC connection RS232Max distance between RBM84 and PC 1000 m / 3.281 ft with PC30 (RS485)Max number of connectable sensors 124 (Max. configuration with 60 REM)Relay outputs for automation control 128 (Max. configuration with 60 REM)Digital inputs 128Connection for traffic light or sign YESMagnetic loop connections YES

230V A.C.

Technical featuresType RBM84 PC30 TSP00 LT001Protection rating IP54 - IP54 -Power supply (V) 230 A.C. 50/60 Hz 12 A.C. feeder from R700 from R700Dimensions (mm) 320 x 240 x 145 117 x 75 x 26 70 x 70 x 70 90 x 28 x 27Operating temp. (°C) -20 ÷ +55

230V A.C.

230V A.C. control and management units - Parking systems and access control price list -

001RBM84

001PC30

001REM

Control accessories for proximity cards

001TSP00

001WA01

Control accessories and transponder cards - Accessories price list -

001TST01

009PCT

009TAG

Radio control unit for transponder sensor, magnetic loops and card readers, complete with software.

Interface for Rbm84 control unit management via PC, complete with 12V - 800mA feeder and connection cable.

Unit with built-in radio decoder for Rbm84 expansion.

Transponder sensor.

Home automation transponder sensor with built-in 433,92 MHz “stand-alone” transmitter (max 200 users).


Proximity key fob.

Glass transponder bulb for TSP01(It can be housed on TOP-432NA - TOP-434NA - TOP-862NA TOP-864NA - Atomo - Twin - Touch). Pa

rkin

g sy

stem

san

d ac

cess

con

trol


210 211


The complete range The complete rangeControl accessories and magnetic cards - Parking systems and access control price list -

001LT001

001TST02

001LTT

Additional accessories

001R800

001R700

001R501N

- Accessories price list -

001S5000

001S6000

001S7000

Signalling Accessories - Parking systems and access control price list -

001PSINS

001PSSRV

Selectors - Accessories price list -

009SMA

009SMA2

001CSS

001CSSN

Magnetic card reader.

ISO 7810 - 7813 format magnetic card.

Reader support.

Access control management and decoder card with S5000 - S6000 - S7000 digital selectors.

Access control management and decoder card with TSP00 - LT001.

Radio module (to combine with AF43S).

Galvanized and painted steel surface-mounted keypad with illuminated frontal panel. 16,777,216 combinations.

Flush-mounted keypad. 1,679,616 combinations.

Surface-mounted keypad. 1,679,616 combinations.


Red-green traffic light (ø 200 mm / 7,87 in).



Natural anodized aluminium post for SET-I - SET-K - TSP01. H = 1 m / 3,28 ft.

Black anodized aluminium post for SET-I - SET-K - TSP01. H = 1 m / 3,28 ft.


001TAM-432SA

001T432

001T434

001T438

433,92 MHz rolling code transmitters

001AT01

001AT02

001AT04

433,92 MHz transmitters with KEY CODE

001TWIN2

001TWIN4

Accessories

001TOP-A433N

001TOP-RG58

001P3V

001P3VB


001AF43S

001AF43TW

Bi-channel multi-user transmitter. 16,777,216 combinations with self-learning function.




One-channel rolling code transmitter. 4,294,967,896 combinations.

Bi-channel rolling code transmitter. 4,294,967,896 combinations.

4-channel rolling code transmitter. 4,294,967,896 combinations.

2 channel multi-user transmitter 4,294,967,896 combinations with KEY CODE.(Twin transmitters can be used only with standard coding, compatible with the Tam series).

4 channel multi-user transmitter 4,294,967,896 combinations with KEY CODE.(Twin transmitters can be used only with standard coding, compatible with the Tam series).

Antenna.

Antenna cable.

Package of n. 2 3V D.C. CR2016 lithium batteries (for Atomo and Twin series).

Package of n. 2 3V D.C. CR1620 lithium batteries (for TAM-432SA).


Plug-in radio frequency card (for TWIN2 and TWIN4).

Park

ing

syst

ems

and

acce

ss c

ontr

ol

REM

115 87

225

240

PSSRV

120145

320

488 70

0

265 375 500 180

PSINSRBM84

212 213


The standard installation

TSP00

TST01

Transponder

sensor and card

Types of controls used

LT001

TST02

Magnetic strip

card and sensor

Atomo

Tam

Twin

Transmitters

WA01

Transponder sensor

with built-in radio

transmitter

Connection diagram

Serie S

Code selector

PCT

TAG

Transponder

keyfob

and TAG for

transmitters

REM

TWISTER

TWISTER

It is ideal for many types of applications and is specifically designed for facilities with large numbers of users that require the

integration of several control devices (transmitters, coded keypads, cards, etc.) and where it is essential to have real-time data

available for all the users in the controlled area. The RBM84 is a product that brings together high levels of practical flexibility

and the latest manufacturing technologies available on the market today. The configuration modes and relative applications

are varied and diversified depending on the specific operational needs.

Dimensions


The dedicated software features a light, easy-to-use graphic interface. It runs on the Windows OS anddoes not require any special hardware.

The functions:> Prepaid access> Prepaid time> Selected times> Card blocker from PC> Card insertion from PC> Parking function> Event printing> Anti-passback at entrance/exit> Antipassback timer> Flow history> Instant event visualization> Direct automation system command> Differentiated user control (through groups)> Opening and/or closing of facilities on pre-set dates> Automatic opening of facilities at pre-set times> Total block of the system from PC> Software access password> Synchronization of the state of the facilities

The software

4 x 0,5 mm² + 4 x 0,5 mm² - 2 max 50 m4 x AWG20 + 4 x AWG20 - 2 max 164 ft.

for two transponder sensors

3 x 1,5 mm² 3 x AWG20

5 x 1,5 mm²5 x AWG20

RBM84Control unit

4 x 1,5 mm²4 x AWG20

5 x 1,5 mm²5 x AWG20

Shielded bipolar2 x 0,5mm²


PSINSFREE/FULLsign

RS232max 5 m / 16,4 ft.

PC with Windows98/2000/XP/VISTA

Barrier or other operator

PC30Interface

2 x 0,5 mm² 2 x AWG20

Shi

eld

ed b

ipo

lar

2 x

0,5m

m²

/ 2

x A

WG

20m

ax 1

000

m /

3.2

81 f

t

2 x 0,5 mm² /2 x AWG20

REM(max 60 units)

Max distance betweenRBM84 and last REM unit: 1000 m / 3.281 ft

Shielded bipolar2 x 0,5mm² /2 x AWG20

Park

ing

syst

ems

and

acce

ss c

ontr

ol

214 215

920

900

ø 4

0

800

250

830

4080 80

80

480

160

800

PSAP01A PSAP01O PSAP07

BridgeTripod turnstileTotal safety, reduced dimensions.Bridge, the sharp and silent turnstile is ideal for con-trolling entrances and exits in small and medium sized sports centres, supermarkets and businesses. By taking up little room it works perfectly even when space is a problem, and so is suited for multiple access control.

Colour:Legs and cover in metallic grey, textured white case, and stainless steel rods.

Proximity sensor.When placing the order, the customer can request that the Bridge turnstile is supplied prepared for fitting the Came proximity sensor.

It comes in three different models, all fitted with hydraulic brakes, and easily fits into any setting. Its careful styling in terms of aesthetics, shape and rounded corners, make it stand out from the rest. Its galvanised, sheet metal body make Bridge a particularly sturdy product to resist vandalism and tampering; its special, epoxy powder varnish-coating protects it from environmental agents.

Advantages of Bridge

Its 24V power rating makes for easier installation and also guarantees enhanced safety for users.

Dimensions

Electronics and lock.The top cover, which is fitted with a key lock, can also take electronic control devices.

24V only


Mechanical tripod turnstile - Parking systems and access control price list -

001PSAP01A

001PSAP01O

Electromechanical tripod turnstile

001PSAP07

Monodirectional mechanical anticlockwise turnstile complete with hydraulic damper. Painted steel structure.

Monodirectional mechanical clockwise turnstile complete with hydraulic damper.Painted steel structure.

24V D.C. electromechanical, bidirectional turnstile complete with control board and hydraulic damper. Automatic tripod release during blackouts.

Technical featuresTypePower supply (V) (50/60Hz) - - 24V A.C.Protection rating (IP) 44 44 44Current draw (mA) - - 233Weight (Kg/lb) 40 / 88 40 / 88 40 / 88Operating temperature (°C/°F) -20 ÷ +55 / -4 ÷ +131 -20 ÷ +55 / -4 ÷ +131 -20 ÷ +55 / -4 ÷ +131

24V D.C.

Antipanic rods with pressure joints.

Mechanical counter.

AISI 304 steel channeler – H 100cm complete with metal flange riser and plastic flange cover.

AISI 304 steel channeler – H 100 cm complete with metal flange riser and plastic flange cover.

Remote control console for up to 4 through-ways.

Electronic counter

Overclimbing system with detection sensors and alarm and cover pressure detection sensor.

High visibility, bidirectional LED traffic light.

Ramp with anti-corodal outer structure and brown aluminium plate stepping deck.For matching to Top barriers.

The complete range

Additional accessories for mechanical and electromehcanical tripod turnstiles. 001PSOPSC01

001PSOPCN01

001PSOPGO1

001PSOPGO1X

Additional accessories for electromechanical tripod turnstiles. 001PSCSCR04

001PSOPCN03

001PSOPSCA

001PSOPSF01

001PSPEART

NOTES: To couple with access control systems see RBM84 on p. 208

Park

ing

syst

ems

and

acce

ss c

ontr

ol


1190

195

950

830

ø 4

0

800

730250

216 217

PSBPS07

Ideal for accesscontrol

TwisterElectro-mechanical turnstileFunctional and practical passage selection.Twister is Came’s new turnstile for transit selection in areas with high-flow volumes. Made of stainless steel it is ideal for train stations and ports, under-ground stations, sports centres and any setting that requires selection of people-transit flows to optimise entry and exit operations. Twister also seamlessly integrates with Came’s access control systems.

The body.Entirely made of AISI 304 INOX steel with a “scotch-brite” finish, it is fitted with a removable upper panel featuring a key lock.

Built-in traffic light.There is a built-in traffic light on the top of the Twister structure. The two arrows show the passing direction. Access can be controlled by selecting a function on the control panel, for passage with a badge or by command for just authorised people.

Twister is Came’s study and functional solution to all your transit control and selection needs. It can be installed anywhere, in high-volume flow sites such as stadiums, terminals, underground stations, public buildings and sports centres. It’s controlled by a built-in, control board. Twister is perfectly compatible with Came’s RBM84 state-of- the-art access control systems. The practical display on the top of the structure can be used as an electronic meter or a clock.

Advantages of Twister

Twister can be perfectly integrated with the RBM84 access control system, to obtain real control of transit flows into and out of the areas where it is employed.

Dimensions

The internal mechanism.It is fitted with a “hydraulic damper”, control logic and automatic tripod release in case of power outages.


Electromechanical tripod turnstile - Parking systems and access control price list -

001PSBPS07

Additional accessories for electromechanical tripod turnstiles. 001PSOPSC01

001PSOPGO1

001PSOPGO1X

001PSCSCR04

Complementary accessories for electromechanical tripod turnstiles.

001OPSCBP

001PSPEBUL

24V D.C. bidirectional mechanical turnstile made of AISI 304 stainless steel with scotch-brite finish, complete with control board and hydraulic damper. Automatic tripod release in case of blackouts.

Antipanic rods with pressure joints.

AISI 304 steel channeler – H 100cm complete with metal flange riser and plastic flange cover.

AISI 304 steel channeler – H 100 cm complete with metal flange riser and plastic flange cover.


Overclimbing system with detection sensors and alarm and cover pressure detection sensor.

Ramp with anticorodal outer structure and brown aluminium plate stepping deck.For matching with Top barriers.

The complete range

Technical featuresTypePower supply (V) 24V D.C.Protection rating (IP) 44Current draw (mA) 233Weight (Kg) 60Operating temperature (°C/°F) -20 ÷ +55 / -4 ÷ +131

24V D.C.


Park

ing

syst

ems

and

acce

ss c

ontr

ol


218 219

2400

250

1440

2483

150

2400

2400

250

200

1440

1440 2166

626 640

1000

PSHPS07 PSHPSD7 PSHPS4S PSHPS4D PSHPSVP PSHPS01

DOUBLE GUARDIAN

GuardianHigh security turnstileFor large passage ways.Guardian is the perfect solution when security at large passage ways, even unmanned ones, is needed to regulate high volumes of people transit. Designed to also work outdoors, Guardian is employed at airports, sea ports, large business faci-lities, underground stations, train stations and stadiums.

Movement control.Guardian is fitted with a hydraulic damper.

Traffic Light.Guardian features an integrated traffic light.

Guardian is the full-height, high performance turnstile. It is perfectly suited when security is essential. Its sturdy structure and pleasing design make it, on one hand, a sure deterrent against any criminal intent, and on the other, provide the user with total protection. Its durability and reliability are guaranteed even when employed outdoors, thanks to its galvanised steel body and special epoxy varnish coating, which protects it from any corrosive elements.

Advantages of Guardian


Perfect integration.Guardian can easily be integrated with Came’s access control systems.

24V only


Dimensions

Full-height turnstile - Parking systems and access control price list -

001PSHPS07

001PSHPSD7

001PSHPS4S

001PSHPS4D

001PSHPSVP

001PSHPS01

Single bidirectional electromechanical turnstile, full height in three sections at 120°, 24V D.C., galvanised and painted steel structure, complete with control board and hydraulic damper, bright led signal lights on both sides. 24V D.C. feeder.

Double bidirectional electromechanical turnstile, full height in three sections at 120°, 24V D.C., galvanised and painted steel structure, complete with control board and hydraulic damper, bright led signal lights on both sides. 24V D.C. feeder.

Single bidirectional electromechanical turnstile, full height in 4 sections at 90°, galva-nised and painted steel structure, complete with control board and hydraulic damper, bright led signal lights on both sides. 24V D.C. feeder.

Double bidirectional electromechanical turnstile, full height in 4 sections at 90°, galva-nised and painted steel structure, complete with control board and hydraulic damper, bright led signal lights on both sides. 24V D.C. feeder.

On request the customer can personalise the painting from the RAL range of colours. In this case the delivery term is extended by 15 days.

Monodirectional full-height mechanical turnstile, galvanised and varnished steel body with hydraulic damper.

The complete range

Technical featuresTypePower supply (V) 24V D.C. 24V D.C. 24V D.C. 24V D.C. - -Protection rating (IP) 44 44 44 44 44 44Current draw (mA) 233 233 233 233 233 233Weight (Kg/lb) 400 / 880 400 / 880 400 / 880 400 / 880 400 / 880 400 / 880Operating temperature (°C/°F) -20 ÷ +55 / -4 ÷ +131

24V D.C.


On request the turnstile can be made in AISI 304 steel.


Dimensions

4 SECTIONS GUARDIAN 4 SECTIONS DOUBLE GUARDIAN

Park

ing

syst

ems

and

acce

ss c

ontr

ol


220 221

ø 170

900

750

PSEPCSS00 PSEPCSD00 PSEPCSS00CT PSEPCSD00CT

WingMotorised swing gate turnstileElegant quality.Harmonious, elegant, silent and quickWing features numerous qualities! It fits perfectly in even the most prestigious settings such as hotels, business facilities, casinos, showrooms, and fitness/wellness centres. It is designed to ease passage for physically challenged people.

Double version.Wing is also available in the double version for extra wide passage ways.

Perfect integration.Opens via command device, and can be integrated with Came’s access control systems. It allows you to clear only authorised personnel to restricted areas.

Wing is the bidirectional, motorised swing gate, featuring an AISI 304 Inox steel structure with IROKO wooden cover – and a 10 mm thick, transpa-rent, polycarbonate swing-leaf. It’s extremely versatile in that the leaf’s design may be customised to your liking, while the materials used to make it suitable for every situation. Wing is fitted with a timed closure and a push-to-open antipanic system. For those wider passage ways. It’s also available in double configuration, employable at wider passage ways.

Advantages of Wing


Dimensions

Flow management.To better manage flows you can integrate Wing with the modular post and rail system.


24V only

Motorised swing-leaf gate - Parking systems and access control price list -

001PSEPCSS00

001PSEPCSD00

001PSEPCSS00CT

001PSEPCSD00CT

Additional accessories 001PSCSCR04

Complementary accessories

001PSOPAL01

001PSOPAL06

001PSOPEPCDIS

001PSOPEPCDISCT

24V D.C. motorised, bidirectional swing-leaf gate complete with control board and push-to-open antipanic system. Plexiglass swing-leaf.

24V D.C. motorised, bidirectional double swing-leaf gate complete with control board and push-to-open antipanic system. Plexiglass finish swing-leaf.

24V D.C. motorised, bidirectional single swing-leaf gate complete with control board and push-to-open antipanic system. Tempered glass finish swing-leaf.

24V D.C. motorised, bidirectional double swing-leaf gate complete with control board and push-to-open antipanic system. Tempered glass finish swing-leaf.


24V D.C., 2.5A switching feeder, complete with IP65 class casing for one turnstile.

24V D.C., 6.5A switching feeder, complete with IP65 class casing for two turnstiles.Complementary accessories.

Gate leaf for the physically challenged. Leaf width: 900 mm

Tempered glass gate leaf for the physically challenged. Leaf width: 900 mm

The complete range


Technical featuresTypePower supply (V) (50/60Hz) 24V D.C. 24V D.C. 24V D.C. 24V D.C.Protection rating (IP) 40 40 40 40Current draw (A) 2,5 2,5 2,5 2,5Weight (Kg/lb) 40 / 88 40 / 88 40 / 88 40 / 88Operating temperature (°C/°F) -20 ÷ +55 / -4 ÷ +131 -20 ÷ +55 / -4 ÷ +131 -20 ÷ +55 / -4 ÷ +131 -20 ÷ +55 / -4 ÷ +131

24V D.C.

Park

ing

syst

ems

and

acce

ss c

ontr

ol


222 223

1150

250

300

641

251

258

850170

PSEP0S00 PSEPSS00

SaloonMotorised swing gate turnstileEasy passage.Saloon is a motorised swing gate turnstile featuring compact design which swings both ways, depending on which direction it is approached from. It is perfect for shopping malls, supermarkets, fitness/wellness centres and swimming pool facilities. It is designed to ease passage of physically challenged persons.

Total safety.In the event of a power outage, the antipanic device allows for it to be manually opened in both directions.

Access control.It can be perfectly integrated with the RBM84 access control system to handle up to 5,500 people.

Saloon comes in two versions: one with steel, varnished body and the other special AISI 304 stainless steel version, also for outdoor applica-tions.It is designed to harmoniously fit with a modular post and rail system, and also comes in the double swing leaf version, to let you manage wider passage ways.

Advantages of Saloon


Impulse based command.It can be activated via cards, key fobs, buttons or photocells.

24V only

Motorised swing gate turnstile - Parking systems and access control price list -

001PSEP0S00

001PSEPSS00

Accessories

001PSOPSF01

001PSOPAL01

001PSOPAL06

001PSEPTRF

001PSEPTRFX

001PSMCECH

001PSMLANT

24V D.C. AISI 304 painted stainless steel single motorised, bidirectional swing-leaf gate turnstile complete with control board and push-to-open antipanic system.

24V D.C. AISI 304 stainless steel single motorised, bidirectional swing-leaf gate turnstile with right-hand post, complete with control board and push-to-open antipanic system.

High-visibility, bidirectional LED traffic light.

24V D.C., 2.5A switching feeder, complete with IP65 class case for one turnstile

24V D.C., 6.5A switching feeder, complete with IP65 class case for two turnstiles.

Barrier formed of: 1 vertical element in AISI304 stainless steel, galvanised iron coupling flange and chrome finish flange cover, 2 horizontal MT1 elements, 4 chrome finish plastic sleeves with built-in photocells.

Barrier formed of: 1 vertical element in AISI304 stainless steel, AISI304 stainless steel cou-pling flange and flange cover, 2 horizontal MT1 elements, 4 AISI304 stainless steel sleeves with built-in photocells.

Echelon communication module for double barriers.

Change leaf length.

The complete range

Dimensions


Technical featuresTypePower supply (V) (50/60Hz) 24V D.C. 24V D.C.Protection rating (IP) 44 44Current draw (A) 2,5 / 5 2,5 / 5Weight (Kg/lb) 55 / 110 55 / 110Operating temperature (°C/°F) -20 ÷ +55 / -4 ÷ +131 -20 ÷ +55 / -4 ÷ +131

24V D.C.

Park

ing

syst

ems

and

acce

ss c

ontr

ol


224 225

Saloon is a bidirectional through-way that works with clearing signals in both directions. Its control electronics open the gate-leaf in the chosen direction on a time-by-time basis. The clearance signal, which is received by a card reading device or other device, activates the motor in the respective direction of rotation. The leaf turns 90° at a pre-set speed, unless it runs into an obstacle, (e.g. a person standing in the passage). In this case, the control electronics deactivate the motor and activate an acoustic alarm. Once the obstacle is removed, the leaf automatically completes its full turn. When the leaf is open, the control electronics wait, for the users to transit through, for a preset time, after which it closes. The control electronics can receive signals from a photocell, which detects user passages, closing the leaf before the waiting time has elapsed. Saloon is fitted with an antipanic device: if users push the leaf with a strength greater than 8 N, it turns to open while the acoustic alarm is activated. If the machine is powered (in a non emergency situation) the control electronics will automatically make the leaf in return to the normal working position.

Operation

SaloonPhotocell’s beam line

PSEP0S00 - PSEPSS00

Configurations

Park

ing

syst

ems

and

acce

ss c

ontr

ol

226 227

600

450

423

900

450

650

100

180

100

290

808

112

940

1200

Dimensions

Dimensions in millimeters 1 in = 25,4 mm

CompassMechanical turnstileEase of movement.Compass is the simple, ideal, cost-effective solution to efficiently and in an orderly manner, pilot people flows in shopping malls of any size, regardless of whether they are single stores or hypermarkets. It is typically employed in swimming pool facilities, sports centres, wellness and fitness centres, amusement parks, etc..

Three different openings.Available in three different types of openings: clockwise, counter-clockwise and bidirectional.

Flow management.For enhanced flow management Compass can be integrated with the modular post and rail system. Compass is fitted with an antipanic system.

Mechanical four-arm turnstile, lets one person through at the time in either direction. Featuring an AISI 304 stainless steel structure which makes Compass suitable even for outdoor applications.

Advantages of Compass

Inox details.Stainless steel fixing flange and cover.

Turnstiles - Parking systems and access control price list -

001PSSPCWO

001PSSPCCW

001PSSPFMCWO

001PSSPFMCCW

Additional accessories 001PSOPGO1

001PSOPGO1X

Mobile mechanical turnstile with right-hand post. H 100 cm / 39,37 in.

Mobile mechanical turnstile with left-hand post.H 100 cm / 39,37 in.

Mobile mechanical turnstile with right-hand post.H 100 cm / 39,37 in.

Mobile mechanical turnstile with left-hand post. H 100 cm / 39,37 in.

AISI 304 stainless steel channeler – H 100 cm complete with riser with metal flange and plastic flange cover.

AISI 304 stainless steel channeler – H 100 cm, complete with riser and stainless steel flange and flange-cover.

The complete range

Technical featuresType PSSPCWO PSSPCCW PSSPFMCWO PSSPFMCCWPower supply (V) - - - -Current draw (A) - - - -Weight (Kg/lb) 18 / 40 18 / 40 18 / 40 18 / 40Operating temperature (°C/°F) -20 ÷ +55 / -4 ÷ +131 -20 ÷ +55 / -4 ÷ +131 -20 ÷ +55 / -4 ÷ +131 -20 ÷ +55 / -4 ÷ +131

Park

ing

syst

ems

and

acce

ss c

ontr

ol


228 229

FlagMechanical swing barrierThe polyvalent solution.Flag is the mechanical push-to-open, automatic gravity-closing flag barrier. It is commonly employed at swimming pool facilities, sport centres, fitness/wellness centres, point of sale, safety exits, shopping malls and supermarkets. It is designed to ease passage of physically challenged people.

Opening.There are three types of openings available: clockwise, counter-clockwise and bidirectional.

Flag is ideal where ever the flow direction of people needs to be piloted for security/safety and hygienic reasons. It is perfect if used as a service passage at points of sale and as a through-way for safety exits.

Advantages of Flag

Double mode Flag.Two swing barriers can be installed opposite each other to define a wide, monodirec-tional through—way of up to 180 cm.

Technical featuresType PSBPCWO PSBPCCW PSBPOOPower supply (V) - - -Current draw (A) - - -Weight (Kg/lb) 10 / 22 10 / 22 10 / 22Operating temperature (°C/°F) -20 ÷ +55 / -4 ÷ +131 -20 ÷ +55 / -4 ÷ +131 -20 ÷ +55 / -4 ÷ +131

Mechanical Swing barrier - Parking systems and access control price list -

001PSBPCWO

001PSBPCCW

001PSBPOO

Additional accessories 001PSOPGO1

001PSOPGO1X

001PSOPBPSC

001PSMLANT

Mechanical swing barrier with right-hand post. H 100 cm / 39,37 in.

Mechanical swing barrier with left-hand post. H 100 cm / 39,37 in.

Mechanical bidirectional swing barrier. H 100 cm / 39,37 in.

AISI 304 stainless steel channeler – H 100 cm / 39,37 in complete with riser and metal flange plus plastic flange-cover.

AISI 304 stainless steel channeler – H 100 cm / 39,37 complete with riser and stain-less steel flange plus flange-cover.

Key lock.

Change leaf length.

The complete range

Park

ing

syst

ems

and

acce

ss c

ontr

ol


230 231

AccessoriesPost and Rail barriersExitpassThe solution for coupling with turnstiles and swing barriers, to guarantee total security of your facilities. It features an antipanic handle with AISI 304 stainless steel structure.

Shopping cart barriers.The solution for shopping malls of any size, from small shops to hypermarkets.

Smart fences post and rail barrier.The elegant complement for turnstiles and swing barriers.

An AISI 304 polished stainless steel modular post and rail system. Easy to set up, they are extremely useful when couples with either turnstiles or swing barriers, either alone and functioning as people flow channellers or to limit areas.

Modular post and rail barriers

Top post and rail barriers.The Top post and rail barrier is a natural closing complement for a turnstile system.

Exitpass post and rail barrier - Parking systems and access control price list -

001PSUS120D

001PSUS120S

001PSUS090D

001PSUS090S

001PSUS060D

001PSUS060S

Horizontal elements for cart barriers

001PSTPC100

001PSTPC150

001PSTPC200

Modular barriers

Vertical elements for modular barriers 001PSTRV

001PSTRV2F

001PSTRV4F90

001PSTRV4F180

001PSTRV6F

001PSTRV8F

001PSTRVX

001PSTRVX2F

001PSTRVX4F90

001PSTRVX4F180

001PSTRVX6F

001PSTRVX8F

Post and rail barrier with AISI 304 stainless steel antipanic push handle. Right-hand post.L 120 cm / 47,24 in - H 100 cm / 39,37 in.

Post and rail barrier with AISI 304 stainless steel antipanic push handle. Left-hand post. L 120 cm / 47,24 in - H 100 cm / 39,37 in.


Post and rail barrier with AISI 304 stainless steel antipanic push handle. Left-hand post.L 90 cm / 35,43 in - H 100 cm / 39,37 in.


Post and rail barrier with AISI 304 stainless steel antipanic push handle. Left-hand post.L 60 cm / 23,62 in - H 100 cm / 39,37 in.

Monodirectional post and rail barrier for shopping cart passage with 2 small arches.L 100 cm / 39,37 in - H 100 cm / 39,37 in.

Monodirectional post and rail barrier for shopping cart passage with 3 small arches.L 150 cm / 59,05 in - H 100 cm / 39,37 in.

Monodirectional post and rail barrier for shopping cart passage with 4small arches. L 200 cm / 78,74 in - H 100 cm / 39,37 in.

Galvanised stainless steel riser with chromed plastic fixing flange and flange-cover. Non-perforated.

Galvanised stainless steel riser with chromed plastic fixing flange and flange cover. With 2 holes. H 100 cm / 39,37 in.

Galvanised stainless steel riser with chromed plastic fixing flange and flange cover. With 2+2 holes in 90° configuration. H 100 cm / 39,37 in.

Galvanised stainless steel riser with chromed plastic fixing flange and flange cover. With 2+2 holes in 180° configuration. H 100 cm / 39,37 in.



AISI 304 stainless steel riser, fixing flange and flange cover.H 100 cm / 39,37 in.

AISI 304 stainless steel riser, fixing flange and flange cover. With 2 holes. H 100 cm / 39,37 in.

AISI 304 stainless steel riser, fixing flange and flange cover.

Riser with stainless steel fixing flange and flange cover.With 2+2 holes in 180° configuration. H 100 cm / 39,37 in.

AISI 304 stainless steel riser, fixing flange and flange cover. With 6 holes.H 100 cm / 39,37 in.

AISI 304 stainless steel riser, fixing flange and flange cover. With 8 holes.H 100 cm / 39,37 in.

The complete range

Park

ing

syst

ems

and

acce

ss c

ontr

ol

232 233

Horizontal elements for modular barriers - Parking systems and access control price list -

001PSTRT050

001PSTRT100

001PSTRT150

001PSTRT200

001PSTRT250

001PSTRT300

001PSTRM001

001PSTRM003

001PSTRM004

Top post and rail barriers 001PSTRFPE

001PSTRFPA

001PSTRFPEN

001PSTRFPAN

Smart post and rail barriers 001PSTRV80

001PSTRSFPL60875

001PSTRV802F

001PSTRV804F090

001PSTRV804F180

001PSTRV806F

001PSTRV808F

001PSMTP

Horizontal to stainless steel barriers AISI 304.Ø 40 mm / 1,57 in - 1 mm / 0,04 in thick - L 50 cm / 19,68 in.

Horizontal tube to stainless steel barriers AISI 304.Ø 40 mm / 1,57 in - 1 mm / 0,04 in thick - L 100 cm / 39,37 in.

Horizontal tube to stainless steel barriers AISI 304. Ø 40 mm / 1,57 in - 1 mm / 0,04 in thick - L 150 cm / 59,05 in.




Chromed plastic joint complete with fixing screws.

AISI 304 stainless steel joint complete with fixing screws.

AISI 304 stainless steel wall-mounting joint complete with fixing screws.

Ramp with anticorodal outer structure and brown aluminium plate stepping deck.

AISI 304 post and rail to fix to the ramp and 6 mm / 0,24 in thick polycarbonate panel.H 90 cm / 35,43 in.

AISI 304 Post and rail barrier to fix to the floor and 6 mm / 0,24 in thick without polycarbonate panel. H 90 cm / 35,43 in.

AISI 304 post and rail barrier to fix to the floor without polycarbonate panel.H 90 cm / 35,43 in.

AISI 304 stainless steel riser. H 90 cm / 35,43 in - Ø 80 mm / 3,14 in.

6 mm / 0,24 in thick transparent polycarbonate panel:800 x 750 mm / 31,4 x 29,43 in.

AISI304 stainless steel post with 2 clamps. H 90 cm Ø 80 mm

AISI304 stainless steel post with 2 + 2 clamps at 90° H 90 cm

AISI304 stainless steel post with 2 + 2 clamps at 80° H 90 cm Ø 80 mm



Change the cut of the polycarbonate panel

The complete rangeAccessories

Park

ing

syst

ems

and

acce

ss c

ontr

ol


234 235

Complete system kits

Com

plet

esy

stem

kits


236 237

Bx-243 U9615Bx-243 U9651

Ati U7124Ati U7125

Flex U8600Flex U8722Fast U1895Fast U1888Ferni U1263Ferni U1264Frog-J U1315Frog-J U1332Emega U5074

Emega U5075

Ver U4483

Ver U4484

Ver U4510

Ver U4511

Top 433,92 Tra03

Tam 433,92 Tra10

The modelsThe main advantages of Came’s Complete System kits include quick and proper instal-

lation, reliability over time, plus the convenience of its all-in-one packing.

These solutions have been designed to fully meet the installation and usage requirements

of swing and sliding gates, overhead garage and sectional doors. Therefore the Comple-

te Systems are the ideal solution to satisfy many of today’s installation requirements.

The table sums up the range of complete systems, and their features, making the right

choice simple and fast.

The range

EN TESTED SolutionProducts that are always compliant with European Standards, featuring solutions

conceived to be installed anywhere, requiring no modifications to the existing door or

gate, while guaranteeing the safety that comes with a product engineered according to

the strict European Standards.

CONVENIENT ALL-IN-ONE packagesThe reduced sizes of the packages make for easy shipping and handling.

RELIABILITY Came’s most widely sold solutions for every type of application.

INTENSIVE serviceCertain models are suited for intensive use, which is typical in multi-user settings, such as

condominiums.

QUICK AND EASY installationLe soluzioni sono studiate per essere sempre facilmente installabili, senza bisogno di opere

murarie o modifiche al serramento.

Even during power outagesCertain models run on 24V of continuous current, so that the door or gate will always

work even when the main power is out.

Fully equipped with all the accessoriesCame’s complete systems come fully equipped with all of the command and safety

accessories.

The advantage

The best of Came technology


Series Model PerformancesSliding gates 300 Kg/660 lb YESSliding gates 300 Kg/660 lb YES

Bx-74 U2914 Sliding gates 400 Kg/880 lb Sliding gates 400 Kg/880 lb

Bx-74 U2915 Sliding gates 400 Kg/880 lb Sliding gates 400 Kg/880 lb

Swing gates 3 m/10 ft Swing gates 3 m/10 ft Swing gates 3 m/10 ft YESSwing gates 3 m/10 ft Swing gates 3 m/10 ft Swing gates 3 m/10 ft YES

Krono U1481 Swing gates 3 m/10 ft per gate-leaf Swing gates 3 m/10 ft per gate-leaf Swing gates 3 m/10 ft per gate-leaf

Krono U1482 Swing gates 3 m/10 ft per gate-leaf Swing gates 3 m/10 ft per gate-leaf Swing gates 3 m/10 ft per gate-leaf

Swing gates 1,6 m/5,2 ft per gate-leaf YESSwing gates 1,6 m/5,2 ft per gate-leaf YESSwing gates 2,3 m/7,5 ft per gate-leaf Swing gates 2,3 m/7,5 ft per gate-leaf Swing gates 2,3 m/7,5 ft per gate-leaf YESSwing gates 2,3 m/7,5 ft per gate-leaf Swing gates 2,3 m/7,5 ft per gate-leaf Swing gates 2,3 m/7,5 ft per gate-leaf YESSwing gates 4 m/13 ft per gate-leaf Swing gates 4 m/13 ft per gate-leaf Swing gates 4 m/13 ft per gate-leaf YESSwing gates 4 m/13 ft per gate-leaf Swing gates 4 m/13 ft per gate-leaf Swing gates 4 m/13 ft per gate-leaf YES

Swing gates 1,8 m/5,9 ft per gate-leaf YESSwing gates 1,8 m/5,9 ft per gate-leaf YES

Sectional and overhead Sectional and overhead YESgarage doors up to 14 m²/150 ft² garage doors up to 14 m²/150 ft²

Sectional and overhead Sectional and overhead YESgarage doors up to 14 m²/150 ft² garage doors up to 14 m²/150 ft²

Sectional and overhead Sectional and overhead YESgarage doors garage doors




Radio Complete system

Series Model Frequency (MHz)433,92 433,92 433,92

Top 433,92 Tra08 433,92 433,92 433,92433,92 433,92 433,92

Command Complete systemSeries Model Frequency (MHz)Z 230V Tra04 433,92 433,92 433,92

230V A.C 24V D.C

Com

plet

esy

stem

kits

238 239

Sliding gates

001U9615 BX-243Complete system kit for sliding gates of up to 300 Kg / 660 lb and 24V D.C. motor

Complete system with 24V D.C. operator for sliding gates of up to 300 Kg / 660 lb - Operators price list -

001BX-243

001AF43S

001TOP-432NA

001DIR10

001KIARO24N

The complete kit

Automation system complete with control board, radio decoder, encoder-based movement control and obstacle detection devices. Plus, mechanical endstops for sliding gates of up to 300 kg and 8.5 m.

433.92 MHz plug-in radio frequency card.

Bi-channel multi-user transmitter. 4,096 combinations with self-learning.

Pair of photocells. Range: 10 m.

Warning flashing light.

Q.ty

1

1

1

1

1

Sliding gates

Complete system with 24V D.C. operator for sliding gates of up to 300 Kg / 660 lb - Operators price list -

001BX-243

001AF43S

001TOP-432NA

001TOP-A433N

001TOP-RG58

001SET-J

001DOC-E

001KIARO24N

The complete kit

Automation system complete with control board, radio decoder, encoder-based movement control and obstacle detection devices. Plus, mechanical endstops for sliding gates of up to 300 kg and 8.5 m.

433.92 MHz plug-in radio frequency card


433.92 MHz antenna.

Antenna cable.

Surface mounted key switch selector aluminium-alloy case, protective door for lock and cylinder.



Q.ty

1

1

1

1

m 5

1

1

1

001U9651 BX-243Complete system kit for sliding gates of up to 300 Kg / 660 lb and 24V D.C. motor

Com

plet

esy

stem

kits

NOTE: POSSIBILITY TO CUSTOMIZE KITPlease note that BX-243 kit can be offered in different and customized versions. Kindly forward your request to the Export Commercial Dept., which will verify possibility to fulfil your requirement and confirm to you by return new reference, price and minimum required quantity.


240 241

Sliding gates

The complete kitComplete system kit for sliding gates of up to 400 Kg / 880 lb with 230V A.C. motor. - Operators price list -

001BX-74

001AF43S

001TOP-432NA

001DIR10

001KIARON

Automation system complete with control board, radio decoder, encoder-based movement control and obstacle detection devices. Plus, mechanical endstops for sliding gates of up to 400 kg.





Q.ty

1

1

1

1

1

001U2914 BX-74Complete system kit for sliding gates of up to 400 Kg / 880 lb

Sliding gates

The complete kitComplete system kit for sliding gates of up to 400 Kg / 880 lb with 230V A.C. motor. - Operators price list -

001BX-74

001AF43S

001TOP-432NA

001TOP-A433N

001TOP-RG58

001SET-J

001DOC-E

001KIARON

Automation system complete with control board, radio decoder, encoder-based movement control and obstacle detection devices. Plus, mechanical endstops for sliding gates of up to 400 kg.



433.92 MHz antenna.

Antenna cable.




Q.ty

1

1

1

1

m 5

1

1

1

001U2915 BX-74Complete system kit for sliding gates of up to 400 Kg / 880 lb

Com

plet

esy

stem

kits



242 243


Complete system wit 24V D.C. operator for swing gates of up to 3 m per gate-leaf - Operators price list -

001A3024N

002ZL180

001AF43S

001TOP-432NA

001DIR10

001KIARO24N

Complete system with 24V D.C. operator for swing gates of up to 3 m per gate-leaf - Operators price list -

001A3024N

002ZL180

001AF43S

001TOP-432NA

001TOP-A433N

001TOP-RG58

001SET-J

001DOC-E

001KIARO24N

Self-locking operator for gate leaves of up to 3 m. (opening time 90°: adjustable)




Coppia di fotocellule a raggio infrarosso sincronizzato per montaggio esterno con portata 10 m.


Self-locking operator for gate leaves of up to 3 m. (opening time 90°: adjustable)




433.92 MHz antenna.

Antenna cable.




Q.ty

2

1

1

1

1

1

Q.ty

2

1

1

1

1

m 5

1

1

1

The complete kit The complete kit

001U7124 Ati 001U7125 AtiComplete system kit for 2-leaf swing gates of up to 3 m per gate-leaf with 24V D.C. motor

Complete system kit for 2-leaf swing gates of up to 3 m per gate-leaf with 24V D.C. motor

Com

plet

esy

stem

kits

NOTE: POSSIBILITY TO CUSTOMIZE KITPlease note that ATI kit can be offered in different and customized versions with different accessories and/or different operator models and/or different voltage (230V).Kindly forward your request to the Export Commercial Dept., which will verify possibility to fulfil your requirement and confirm to you by return new reference, price and minimum required quantity.

NOTE: POSSIBILITY TO CUSTOMIZE KITPlease note that ATI kit can be offered in different and customized versions with different accessories and/or different operator models and/or different voltage (230V).Kindly forward your request to the Export Commercial Dept., which will verify possibility to fulfil your requirement and confirm to you by return new reference, price and minimum required quantity.

244 245

Swing gates

Complete system with 230V A.C. operator for swing gates of up to 3 m per gate leaf - Operators price list -

001KR310D

001KR310S

001ZA3N

001AF43S

001TOP-432NA

001DIR10

001KIARON

Right-hand self-locking operator with built-in gate-leaf stop microswitches, for leaves of up to 3 m.

Left-hand self-locking operator with built-in gate-leaf stop microswitches, for leaves of up to 3 m.






Q.ty

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

The complete kit

001U1481 KronoComplete system kit for 1-leaf swing gates of up to 3 m per gate-leaf with 230V A.C. motor

Swing gates

Complete system with 230V A.C. for swing gates of up to 3 m per gate-leaf - Operators price list -

001KR310D

001KR310S

002ZA3N

001AF43S

001TOP-432NA

001TOP-A433N

001TOP-RG58

001SET-J

001DOC-E

001KIARON

Right-hand self-locking operator with built-in gate-leaf stop microswitches, for leaves of up to 3 m.

Left-hand self-locking operator with built-in gate-leaf stop microswitches, for leaves of up to 3 m.




433.92 MHz antenna.

Antenna cable.




Q.ty

1

1

1

1

1

1

m 5

1

1

1

The complete kit

001U1482 KronoComplete system kit for 1-leaf swing gates of up to 3 m per gate-leaf with 230V A.C. motor

Com

plet

esy

stem

kits

NOTE: POSSIBILITY TO CUSTOMIZE KITPlease note that KRONO kit can be offered in different and customized versions. Kindly forward your request to the Export Commercial Dept., which will verify possibility to fulfil your requirement and confirm to you by return new reference, price and minimum required quantity.

NOTE: POSSIBILITY TO CUSTOMIZE KITPlease note that KRONO kit can be offered in different and customized versions. Kindly forward your request to the Export Commercial Dept., which will verify possibility to fulfil your requirement and confirm to you by return new reference, price and minimum required quantity.

246 247


Complete system with 24V D.C. operator for swing gates - Operators price list -

001F500

002ZL160N

001S0001

001S7000

Complete system with 24V D.C. operator for swing gates - Operators price list -

001F500

002ZL150N

001AF43S

001TOP-432NA

001TOP-A433N

001TOP-RG58

001SET-J

001DOC-E

001LOCK81

001KIARO24N


Control panel for one-leaf swing gates with built-in radio decoder and amperometric obstacle detection device.

Mono-channel control board for S5000 - S6000 - S7000 (1 memorisable code).

Surface mounted keypad selector with 1,679,616 combinations.


Control panel for two-leaf swing gates with built-in radio decoder for Flex series.



433.92 MHz antenna.

Antenna cable.



Electric lock.


Q.ty

1

1

1

1

Q.ty

2

1

1

1

1

m 5

1

1

1

1


001U8600 Flex 001U8722 FlexComplete system kit for 1-leaf swing gates of up to 1.6 m with 24V D.C. motor

Complete system kit for 2-leaf swing gates of up to 1.6 m per gate-leaf with 24V D.C. motor

Com

plet

esy

stem

kits

NOTE: POSSIBILITY TO CUSTOMIZE KITPlease note that FLEX kit can be offered in different and customized versions. Kindly forward your request to the Export Commercial Dept., which will verify possibility to fulfil your requirement and confirm to you by return new reference, price and minimum required quantity.

NOTE: POSSIBILITY TO CUSTOMIZE KITPlease note that FLEX kit can be offered in different and customized versions. Kindly forward your request to the Export Commercial Dept., which will verify possibility to fulfil your requirement and confirm to you by return new reference, price and minimum required quantity.

248 249

Swing gates

Complete system with 24V D.C. operator for swing gates of up to 2.3 m per gate-leaf - Operators price list -

001F7024N

002ZL180

001AF43S

001TOP-432NA

001DIR10

001KIARO24N







Q.ty

2

1

1

1

1

1

The complete kit

001U1895 FastComplete system kit for 2-leaf swing gates of up to 2.3 m per gate-leaf with 24V D.C. motor


001F7024N

002ZL180

001AF43S

001TOP-432NA

001TOP-A433N

001TOP-RG58

001SET-J

001DOC-E

001KIARO24N





433.92 MHz antenna.

Antenna cable.




Swing gates

Q.ty

2

1

1

1

1

m 5

1

1

1

The complete kit

001U1888 FastComplete system kit for 2-leaf swing gates of up to 2.3 m per gate-leaf with 24V D.C. motor

Com

plet

esy

stem

kits

NOTE: POSSIBILITY TO CUSTOMIZE KITPlease note that FAST kit can be offered in different and customized versions with different accessories and/or different operator models and/or different voltage (230V).Kindly forward your request to the Export Commercial Dept., which will verify possibility to fulfil your requirement and confirm to you by return new reference, price and minimum required quantity.

NOTE: POSSIBILITY TO CUSTOMIZE KITPlease note that FAST kit can be offered in different and customized versions with different accessories and/or different operator models and/or different voltage (230V).Kindly forward your request to the Export Commercial Dept., which will verify possibility to fulfil your requirement and confirm to you by return new reference, price and minimum required quantity.

250 251



001F1024

002ZL19N

001AF43S

001TOP-432NA

001DIR10

001KIARO24N


001F1024

002ZL19N

001AF43S

001TOP-432NA

001TOP-A433N

001TOP-RG58

001SET-J

001DOC-E

001KIARO24N











433.92 MHz antenna.

Antenna cable.




Q.ty

2

1

1

1

Q.ty

2

1

1

1

1

m 5

1

1

1


001U1263 Ferni 001U1264 FerniComplete system kit for 2-leaf swing gates of up to 4 m per gate-leaf with 24V D.C. motor

Complete system kit for 2-leaf swing gates of up to 4 m per gate-leaf with 24V D.C. motor

Com

plet

esy

stem

kits

NOTE: POSSIBILITY TO CUSTOMIZE KITPlease note that FERNI kit can be offered in different and customized versions with different accessories and/or different operator models and/or different voltage (230V).Kindly forward your request to the Export Commercial Dept., which will verify possibility to fulfil your requirement and confirm to you by return new reference, price and minimum required quantity.

NOTE: POSSIBILITY TO CUSTOMIZE KITPlease note that FERNI kit can be offered in different and customized versions:different accessories and/or different operator models and/or different voltage (230V).Kindly forward your request to the Export Commercial Dept., which will verify possibility to fulfil your requirement and confirm to you by return new reference, price and minimum required quantity.

252 253

Swing gates


001FROG-J

001FROG-JC

001A4617

002ZL90

001AF43S

001TOP-432NA

001DIR10

001KIARO24N


Foundation case.







Q.ty

2

2

2

1

1

1

1

1

The complete kit

001U1315 Frog-JComplete system kit for 2-leaf swing gates of up to 1.8 m per gate-leaf with 24V D.C. motor

Swing gates


001FROG-J

001FROG-JC

001A4617

002ZL90

001AF43S

001TOP-432NA

001TOP-A433N

001TOP-RG58

001SET-J

001DOC-E

001KIARO24N


Foundation case.





433.92 MHz antenna.

Antenna cable.




Q.ty

2

2

2

1

1

1

1

m 5

1

1

1

The complete kit

001U1332 Frog-JComplete system kit for 2-leaf swing gates of up to 1.8 m per gate-leaf with 24V D.C. motor

Com

plet

esy

stem

kits

NOTE: POSSIBILITY TO CUSTOMIZE KITPlease note that FROG-J kit can be offered in different and customized versions. Kindly forward your request to the Export Commercial Dept., which will verify possibility to fulfil your requirement and confirm to you by return new reference, price and minimum required quantity.

NOTE: POSSIBILITY TO CUSTOMIZE KITPlease note that FROG-J kit can be offered in different and customized versions. Kindly forward your request to the Export Commercial Dept., which will verify possibility to fulfil your requirement and confirm to you by return new reference, price and minimum required quantity.

254 255

Overhead garage doors

Complete system with 24V D.C. operator for counteweighted and spring-loaded overhead garage doors - Operators price list -

001E1024

002ZL170N

001E781A

001E785A

001AF43S

001TAM-432SA

001DIR10

001KIARO24N

The complete kit

Self-locking operator for doors of up to 14 m².



Pair of straight telescopic arms with 40 x 10 mm rectangular shaft.


Bi-channel multi-user transmitter. 16,777,216 combinations with self-learning.



Q.ty

1

1

2

1

1

1

1

1

001U5074 EmegaComplete system kit for overhead garage doors up to 14 m2

Overhead garage doors

Complete system with 24V D.C. operator for counteweighted and spring-loaded overhead garage doors - Operators price list -

001E1024

002ZL170N

001E781A

001E785A

001AF43S

001TAM-432SA

001TOP-A433N

001TOP-RG58

001SET-J

001DOC-E

001KIARO24N

Self-locking operator for doors of up to 14 m².



Pair of straight telescopic arms with 40 x 10 mm rectangular shaft.



433.92 MHz antenna.

Antenna cable.




Q.ty

1

1

2

1

1

1

1

m 5

1

1

1

The complete kit

001U5075 EmegaComplete system kit for overhead garage doors up to 14 m2

Com

plet

esy

stem

kits

NOTE: POSSIBILITY TO CUSTOMIZE KITPlease note that EMEGA kit can be offered in different and customized versions with different accessories and/or different operator models and/or different voltage (230V).Kindly forward your request to the Export Commercial Dept., which will verify possibility to fulfil your requirement and confirm to you by return new reference, price and minimum required quantity.

NOTE: POSSIBILITY TO CUSTOMIZE KITPlease note that EMEGA kit can be offered in different and customized versions:different accessories and/or different operator models and/or different voltage (230V).Kindly forward your request to the Export Commercial Dept., which will verify possibility to fulfil your requirement and confirm to you by return new reference, price and minimum required quantity.

256 257

H

U4510

H

U4511

H H

Sectional and overhead garage doors

Complete system with 24V D.C. operator for sectional and overhead garage doors - Operators price list - 001V900E

001V0679

001AF43S

001TAM-432SA

001DIR10

001KIARO24N

The complete kit

Complete automation system with encoder-based control panel, for overhead counterweighted and spring-loaded doors and sectional doors (Traction force: 500N). Chain guide L = 3.02 *Max door height: BC = 2.4 m BM = 2.25 m STA = 2.1 m STB = 2.2 m.





Q.ty

1

1

1

2

1

1

001U4483 VerComplete system kit for sectional and overhead garage doors with 24V D.C. motor

TYPE A guide SINGLE

TYPE B guide DOUBLE

MODEL

Overhead counterweighted or spring-loaded extended or partially extended doors

Overhead Spring-loaded Extended doors

Sectional Doors

YES with art. 001V201

YES

YES

NOTES: * BC=Counter-weighted-OverheadBM=Spring-loaded OverheadSTA=Type A Sectional STB=Type B Sectional

NOTES: * BC=Counter-weighted-OverheadBM=Spring-loaded OverheadSTA=Type A Sectional STB=Type B Sectional

TYPE A guide SINGLE

TYPE B guide DOUBLE

MODEL

Overhead Spring-loaded Extended doors

Sectional Doors

YES

YES



001V0679

001AF43S

001TAM-432SA

001TOP-A433N

001TOP-RG58

001SET-J

001DOC-E

001KIARO24N

The complete kit


Chain guide L = 3.02 *Max door height: BC = 2.4 m BM = 2.25 m STA = 2.1 m STB = 2.2 m



433.92 MHz antenna.

Antenna cable.




Q.ty

1

1

1

2

1

m 5

1

1

1


Com

plet

esy

stem

kits

NOTE: POSSIBILITY TO CUSTOMIZE KITPlease note that V900E kit can be offered in different and customized versions. Kindly forward your request to the Export Commercial Dept., which will verify possibility to fulfil your requirement and confirm to you by return new reference, price and minimum required quantity.

NOTE: POSSIBILITY TO CUSTOMIZE KITPlease note that the V900E kit can be offered in different and customized versions. Kindly forward your request to the Export Commercial Dept., which will verify possibility to fulfil your requirement and confirm to you by return new reference, price and minimum required quantity.

258 259



001V0679

001AF43S

001TAM-432SA

001DIR10

001KIARO24N

The complete kit


Chain guide L = 3.02 *Max door height: BC = 2.4 m BM = 2.25 m STA = 2.1 m STB = 2.2 m.





Q.ty

1

1

1

2

1

1




001V0679

001AF43S

001TAM-432SA

001TOP-A433N

001TOP-RG58

001SET-J

001DOC-E

001KIARO24N

The complete kit


Chain guide L = 3.02 *Max door height: BC = 2.4 m BM = 2.25 m STA = 2.1 m STB = 2.2 m



433.92 MHz antenna.

Antenna cable.




Q.ty

1

1

1

2

1

m 5

1

1

1


Com

plet

esy

stem

kits

NOTE: POSSIBILITY TO CUSTOMIZE KITPlease note that V700E kit be offered in different and customized versions. Kindly forward your request to the Export Commercial Dept., which will verify possibility to fulfil your requirement and confirm to you by return new reference, price and minimum required quantity.

NOTE: POSSIBILITY TO CUSTOMIZE KITPlease note that V700E kit can be offered in different and customized versions. Kindly forward your request to the Export Commercial Dept., which will verify possibility to fulfil your requirement and confirm to you by return new reference, price and minimum required quantity.

260 261

Radio command

The complete kits

001RE432

001TOP-432NA

001TOP-A433N

001TOP-RG58

IP54 , 12 - 24V A.C. - D.C. bi-channel receiver.


433.92 MHz antenna.

Antenna cable.

Q.ty

1

2

1

m 5

Tra03 Complete 433.92 MHz radio system for 12 - 24V A.C. - D.C. universal use - Operators price list -

- Operators price list -001RBE42

001AF43S

001TOP-434NA

001TOP-A433N

001TOP-RG58

230V A.C. IP54 surface mounted 4-channel radio module.


4-channel multi-user transmitter. 4,096 combinationswith self-learning feature.

433.92 MHz antenna.

Antenna cable.

Q.ty

1

1

2

1

m 5

Tra08 Complete 433.92 MHz radio system for 230V A.C. universal use

Complete radio systems Tra

Rolling shutter command

002ZR24

001AF43S

001TOP-432NA

The complete kits

Control panel with built-in radior decoder.



Q.ty

1

1

1

Tra04 Complete 433.92 MHz command system for universal use - Operators price list -

TraComplete system for rolling shutters with 230V A.C. motor

001RBE4MT

001TAM-432SA

001TOP-A433N

001TOP-RG58

12 - 24V A.C. - D.C. IP54 surface mounted 4-channel multi-user receiver to store up to 999 codes (users).


433.92 MHz antenna.

Antenna cable.

Q.ty

1

2

1

m 5

Tra10 433.92 MHz multi-user radio system up to 999 codes - 12 - 24V A.C.-D.C. - Operators price list -

Com

plet

esy

stem

kits

An economic scenario of internationalisation and outsourcing that is wider and wider, and where Came has cho-

sen to maintain all its production procedures and structures in Italy, developing a strong International sales net-

work that can satisfy the specific needs of any market. Local awareness that has global ambitions: invest in the

automation system for all-round development to become a global player in the world market in the next years.

From local to global

Came, a whole other worldThe choiceof quality,the valueof respect.All the production and management systems undergo

constant meticulous controls and Came has its own Inte-

grated Quality Management system that is certified to the

international UNI EN ISO 9001:2000 standards, and their

Environment Management System that is certified to the

international UNI EN ISO 14001:1996 standard.

An integrated quality and environment system that co-

mes from our desire to remain true to our basic Came

philosophy: research for maximum customer safety, en-

vironment protection and respect for the workers and the

countries where we work.

There is no “single solution” for all installations. This is the philosophy that has led us to constantly increase our

technological solutions and produce a complete range of automation systems and accessories.

Versatility means: to be an efficient solution provider, ready to give a prompt and personalised answer to our

customers’ requests.

Came is versatile

An answer to every need

CameExclusivePatent

A range that has no competitors

Exclusive Patents

New models, new technology, new automation systems

to give unbeatable reliability and safety. Came is the

brand with most ideas and solutions which are all gathe-

red together in this general catalogue, where you will find

the answer for any sort of need, even the most complex.

Each Came installation is made with specifically original,

exclusive products. The new patents simplify the work of

the professionals, guaranteeing uniqueness in the offer

and reliability of service.

Came has been operating since 1972 and has 13 branches and 350 exclusive distributors spread around the

globe, and is now the world leader in automations and access control systems for doors and gates. Excellent

installation quality, efficient service, expertise and professionalism: these are the reasons for the company’s

continuous international growth and the mainstays for our mission, which remains unchanged: produce safe,

functional and simple systems. For more than thirty years totally committed dedication that has been awarded

by the great success of our products.

Committed to the present

On the side of the ProfessionalsThe challengesof the future

Certain ofgiving all

We are guided by our extensive experience to serve the fu-

ture, driven by our innovative spirit and our belief that we

must continue growing and improving. This is how we can

understand and, often, anticipate our clients’ needs. Pro-

fessional figures with expertise in different fields, innovative

ideas, cutting-edge technology have all led Came to stand

out in the global market, together with their unique ability:

when each goal is reached they can already see the starting

point for the next one.

After each installation Came will give the customer all the

assistance that may be needed, with our expert techni-

cians available for any requirement.

Battery powered wireless product

24 volts technology is a fundamental part of Came history.

We firmly believe in this construction choice and produce automation systems that offer something extra: high per-

formance DC devices that conform to current standards and give all the practicality and safety that is guaranteed by

the Came brand.

24 volts automation system

Modern technology to serve youThe advantages• Devices that conform to current standards to guarantee

totally safe installations.

• Constant functions even in blackout, thanks to the

built-in batteries either inside the operator or the control

panel.

• Improved door or gate movement that is calibrated to

the effective needs of the installation and the user.

• Effective motion control, through an integrated electro-

nic obstacle detection system against any possible inter-

ference during operation.

• Managing the deceleration stages for silent, safe mo-

vement.

• Boost the system performance levels to the max in

terms of intensity of use, which is a key factor in condo-

miniums, industrial or public settings.

24V D.C. powered product, which can be connectedto the auxiliary batteryfor emergency opening.

KS

UP

#CE

N26

1010

9 0

1/20

09

For its quality processes management Came Cancelli Automatici is ISO 9001:2000 certified, and for its

environmental management it is ISO 14001 certified. Came designs and

manufactures entirely in Italy.

Made in Italy

PRODOTTI

PRODUCTS

Came

cancelli automatici

s.p.a.

via Martiri della Libertà, 15

Dosson di Casier - Treviso - ITALY

tel. +39 0422.4940

fax +39 0422.4941

www.came.com

The data and information shown in this catalogue are subject to change without the obligation to give prior notice by Came cancelli automatici S.p.A.

CAME CANCELLI AUTOMATICI S.P.A.Treviso - Italy

CAME SUDNapoli - Italy

CAME FRANCEParis - France

CAME AUTOMATISMESMarseille - France

CAME AUTOMATISMOSMadrid - Spain

CAME UNITED KINGDOMNottingham - UK

CAME BELGIUMLessines - Belgium

CAME PORTUGALLisbon - Portugal

CAME Gmbh SeefeldBerlin - Germany

CAME GmbhStuttgart - Germany

CAME AMERICAS AUTOMATIONMiami - USA

CAME GULFDubai - U.A.E.

CAME SHANGHAIShanghai - China

www.came.com

Printed on chlorine free paper

General catalogueG

ener

al c

atal

ogue

200

9w

ww

.cam

e.co

m

general catalogue

Documents